Document:

exv10w2

 

Exhibit 10.2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	I.	 	PLAN SPECIFICATIONS	 	 	I-1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Name.	 	 	I-1	 
	 
	 	B.	 	Exclusive Benefit.	 	 	I-1	 
	 
	 	C.	 	Effective Date.	 	 	I-1	 
	 
	 	D.	 	Plan Year.	 	 	I-2	 
	 
	 	E.	 	Limitation Year.	 	 	I-2	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION	 	 	I-2	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	F.	 	Eligible Employee.	 	 	I-2	 
	 
	 	G.	 	Entry Date.	 	 	I-3	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	CONTRIBUTIONS	 	 	I-3	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	H.	 	Types of Employer Contributions.	 	 	I-3	 
	 
	 	I.	 	Reserved.	 	 	I-5	 
	 
	 	J.	 	Required Minimum Benefits.	 	 	I-5	 
	 
	 	K.	 	Compensation.	 	 	I-5	 
	 
	 	L.	 	Highly Compensated Employees and Current or Prior Testing	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	Methods.	 	 	I-5	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	ALLOCATIONS TO CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS	 	 	I-6	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	M.	 	Allocation of Employer Contributions.	 	 	I-6	 
	 
	 	N.	 	Excess Compensation.	 	 	I-7	 
	 
	 	O.	 	Participant Forfeitures.	 	 	I-7	 
	 
	 	P.	 	Allocation Requirements – Last Day Employment and Service Requirements.	 	 	I-7	 
	 
	 	Q.	 	Allocation of Excess Annual Additions.	 	 	I-8	 
	 
	 	R.	 	Adjustment to the Rule of 1.0.	 	 	I-8	 
	 
	 	S.	 	Employee After-Tax Contributions.	 	 	I-8	 

-i- 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	T.	 	Rollover Contributions and Transferred Benefits.	 	 	I-8	 
	 
	 	U.	 	Normal Retirement Age	 	 	I-8	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	VESTING	 	 	I-8	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	V.	 	Vesting.	 	 	I-8	 
	 
	 	W.	 	Required Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting.	 	 	I-9	 
	 
	 	X.	 	Years of Vesting Service.	 	 	I-9	 
	 
	 	Y.	 	Years of Service – Break-in-Service.	 	 	I-9	 
	 
	 	Z.	 	Vesting at Death or Total Disability.	 	 	I-9	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS	 	 	I-10	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	AA.	 	Participant Loans.	 	 	I-10	 
	 
	 	BB.	 	Hardship Withdrawals.	 	 	I-10	 
	 
	 	CC.	 	In-Service Distributions Other Than Hardship.	 	 	I-10	 
	 
	 	DD.	 	Cash-Out Options.	 	 	I-11	 
	 
	 	EE.	 	Time of Distribution Upon Employment Termination.	 	 	I-11	 
	 
	 	FF.	 	Right to Defer Receipt of Benefits After Normal Retirement Age and Age 70 1/2.	 	 	I-11	 
	 
	 	GG.	 	Accrued Benefits Subject to REACT Annuity Requirements.	 	 	I-11	 
	 
	 	HH.	 	Alternate Forms of Benefits Payments.	 	 	I-12	 
	 
	 	II.	 	Reserved.	 	 	I-12	 
	 
	 	JJ.	 	Total Disability.	 	 	I-12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	MISCELLANEOUS	 	 	I-12	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	KK.	 	Participant Directed Accounts.	 	 	I-12	 
	 
	 	LL.	 	Valuation Date.	 	 	I-12	 
	 
	 	MM.	 	Look-Back Year.	 	 	I-13	 
	 
	 	NN.	 	Co-Trustees.	 	 	I-13	 
	 
	 	OO.	 	Correction of Multiple Use.	 	 	I-13	 
	 
	 	PP.	 	Model Amendment.	 	 	I-13	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	II.
	 	DEFINITIONS	 	II-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Terms Defined In This Article II.	 	II-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Terms Not Defined in Article I and II of this Plan.	 	II-26
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	III.
	 	PARTICIPATION AND MEMBERSHIP	 	III-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Participation Date.	 	III-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Leave of Absence.	 	III-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Enrollment.	 	III-2

-ii- 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	D.	 	Omission of Eligible Employee.	 	III-2
	 
	 	E.	 	Inclusion of Ineligible Employee.	 	III-2
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IV.
	 	EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS	 	IV-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	In General.	 	IV-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Special Make-up Contribution.	 	IV-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Corrective Contributions.	 	IV-1
	 
	 	D.	 	Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings (401(k)) Contributions.	 	IV-1
	 
	 	E.	 	Actual Deferral Percentage Limitation.	 	IV-2
	 
	 	F.	 	Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	IV-4
	 
	 	G.	 	Simple 401(k) Plans.	 	IV-7
	 
	 	H.	 	Limitation on Elective Deferrals.	 	IV-8
	 
	 	I.	 	Reserved.	 	IV-8
	 
	 	J.	 	Correction of Excess Contributions.	 	IV-8
	 
	 	K.	 	Coordination of Excess Contributions with Excess Deferrals.	 	IV-12
	 
	 	L.	 	Income Allowable to Excess Contribution.	 	IV-12
	 
	 	M.	 	Correction of Excess Deferrals.	 	IV-12
	 
	 	N.	 	Income Allowable to Excess Deferrals.	 	IV-13
	 
	 	O.	 	Coordination of Excess Deferrals with Distribution or Recharacterization of Excess Contributions.	 	IV-13
	 
	 	P.	 	Distribution of Amounts Attributed to Elective Contributions.	 	IV-13
	 
	 	Q.	 	Hardship Withdrawals.	 	IV-14
	 
	 	R.	 	Aggregation of Employer’s Plans.	 	IV-16
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	V.	 	ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS	 	 	V-1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Maintenance of Accounts.	 	 	V-1	 
	 
	 	B.	 	Valuation of Trust.	 	 	V-1	 
	 
	 	C.	 	Allocation of Trust Earnings.	 	 	V-1	 
	 
	 	D.	 	Allocation to Contribution Accounts.	 	 	V-2	 
	 
	 	E.	 	Limitation on Allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures.	 	 	V-3	 
	 
	 	F.	 	Allocation Priorities if Limitations Exceeded.	 	 	V-5	 
	 
	 	G.	 	Key Man Insurance Proceeds.	 	 	V-5	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VI.
	 	VESTING AND BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT	 	VI-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Vesting.	 	VI-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Forfeitures.	 	VI-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Re-Vesting in Forfeitures Upon Re-Employment.	 	VI-3
	 
	 	D.	 	Limitation on Vesting Upon Re-Employment.	 	VI-3
	 
	 	E.	 	Vesting Upon Change of Employment Status.	 	VI-4
	 
	 	F.	 	Vested Interest Not Distributed.	 	VI-4

-iii- 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	G.	 	Break-in-Service While Still Employed.	 	VI-4
	 
	 	H.	 	Effect of Break-in-Service – Vested Participant.	 	VI-4
	 
	 	I.	 	Reserved.	 	VI-4
	 
	 	J.	 	Effect of Break-in-Service – Non-Vested Participant.	 	VI-4
	 
	 	K.	 	Limitation on Right to Amend Vesting Schedule.	 	VI-5
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VII.
	 	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS	 	VII-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Definitions.	 	VII-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Distribution With Annuity Option – Other Than Death.	 	VII-3
	 
	 	C.	 	Distribution at Death.	 	VII-10
	 
	 	D.	 	Transitional Rules.	 	VII-13
	 
	 	E.	 	Non-Annuity Rules.	 	VII-14
	 
	 	F.	 	Time of Distribution.	 	VII-14
	 
	 	G.	 	Pre-TEFRA Designations.	 	VII-14
	 
	 	H.	 	Loans to Participants.	 	VII-15
	 
	 	I.	 	Reserved.	 	VII-17
	 
	 	J.	 	Distributions to Incompetent Persons.	 	VII-17
	 
	 	K.	 	Nonliability.	 	VII-17
	 
	 	L.	 	Benefit Claims Procedure.	 	VII-18
	 
	 	M.	 	Income Tax Withholding.	 	VII-19
	 
	 	N.	 	Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.	 	VII-19
	 
	 	O.	 	Overpayment of Vested Interest.	 	VII-19
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	VIII.
	 	TOP-HEAVY LIMITATIONS	 	VIII-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Definitions.	 	VIII-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Aggregation Groups.	 	VIII-2
	 
	 	C.	 	60% Test – Special Rules.	 	VIII-3
	 
	 	D.	 	Minimum Vesting Requirements.	 	VIII-4
	 
	 	E.	 	Minimum Benefit Requirement.	 	VIII-5
	 
	 	F.	 	Annual Section 415 Compensation.	 	VIII-6
	 
	 	G.	 	Multiple Plans.	 	VIII-7
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	IX.
	 	DESIGNATED BENEFICIARIES	 	IX-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	X.	 	CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS	 	 	X-1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Employee After-Tax Contributions.	 	 	X-1	 
	 
	 	B.	 	Rollover Contributions.	 	 	X-1	 
	 
	 	C.	 	Separate Administration and Accounts for Participant Contributions.	 	 	X-1	 
	 
	 	D.	 	Vesting.	 	 	X-2	 
	 
	 	E.	 	Withdrawal of Contributions.	 	 	X-2	 

-iv 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	F.	 	Distribution of Rollover Contribution Accounts.	 	 	X-2	 
	 
	 	G.	 	Limitations on Section 401(m) Contributions.	 	 	X-2	 
	 
	 	H.	 	Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions.	 	 	X-5	 
	 
	 	I.	 	Reserved.	 	 	X-6	 
	 
	 	J.	 	Distribution of Income.	 	 	X-6	 
	 
	 	K.	 	Coordination with Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.	 	 	X-7	 
	 
	 	L.	 	Additional Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions.	 	 	X-7	 
	 
	 	M.	 	Correction of Excess Aggregate Contribution Prior to the Plan Year.	 	 	X-9	 
	 
	 	N.	 	Coordination with Correction of Excess Contributions and Excess Deferrals.	 	 	X-9	 
	 
	 	O.	 	Prevention of Multiple Use.	 	 	X-9	 
	 
	 	P.	 	Aggregation Rules for Section 401(m) Contributions.	 	 	X-11	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XI.
	 	LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES	 	XI-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Investment and Ownership of Life Insurance Policies.	 	XI-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Payment of Premiums.	 	XI-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Accounting for Policies.	 	XI-1
	 
	 	D.	 	Discrimination.	 	XI-1
	 
	 	E.	 	Disposition Upon Retirement or Total Disability.	 	XI-1
	 
	 	F.	 	Disposition Upon Other Separation From Service.	 	XI-1
	 
	 	G.	 	Policy Loans.	 	XI-2
	 
	 	H.	 	Insurer Not a Party.	 	XI-3
	 
	 	I.	 	Reserved.	 	XI-3
	 
	 	J.	 	Insurance Limitations.	 	XI-3
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XII.
	 	TRUST	 	XII-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Payment of Contributions.	 	XII-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Participant Directed Accounts.	 	XII-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XIII.
	 	THE ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE	 	XIII-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Committee Membership.	 	XIII-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Named Fiduciary and Plan Administration.	 	XIII-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Compensation.	 	XIII-1
	 
	 	D.	 	Delegation of Duties.	 	XIII-1
	 
	 	E.	 	Bonding of Fiduciaries.	 	XIII-2
	 
	 	F.	 	Action By Committee Members.	 	XIII-2
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XIV.	 	AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; RETURN OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS;	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS	 	XIV-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Amendment.	 	XIV-1

-v- 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Page	 
	 
	 	B.	 	Termination or Partial Termination or Complete Discontinuance of Contributions.	 	XIV-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Return of Employer Contributions.	 	XIV-2
	 
	 	D.	 	Procedure for Adoption and Withdrawal by Participating Employers.	 	XIV-2
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XV.
	 	STANDARD OF CONDUCT OF FIDUCIARIES	 	XV-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Fiduciaries.	 	XV-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Fiduciary Duties.	 	XV-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XVI.
	 	MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND TRANSFERS OF ASSETS	 	XVI-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Merger or Consolidation of the Plan.	 	XVI-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Transfers From Other Qualified Plans – Rollovers.	 	XVI-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Transfer To Eligible Retirement Plans.	 	XVI-1
	 
	 	D.	 	Transfer or Merger of Money Purchase Pension Plan to this Plan.	 	XVI-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	XVII.
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	 	XVII-1
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	A.	 	Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship.	 	XVII-1
	 
	 	B.	 	Payments to Missing Persons.	 	XVII-1
	 
	 	C.	 	Spendthrift Provisions.	 	XVII-1
	 
	 	D.	 	Indemnification.	 	XVII-2
	 
	 	E.	 	Applicable Laws; Severability.	 	XVII-2

-vi- 

 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

Amended and Restated

          FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Employer”), has adopted this
amended and restated Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan to allow its Employees who are
eligible to participate in the Plan to share in the growth of the Employer in accordance with the
terms and conditions set forth below, in order to (i) promote in the Employees an interest in the
successful operation of the Employer’s business and in the increased efficiency of their work; (ii)
provide the participating Employees with benefits upon their retirement; and (iii) provide their
Beneficiaries with death benefits.

     This Plan and Trust are intended to meet the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA and its
regulations.

I. PLAN SPECIFICATIONS

     A. Name.

          This Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plan shall be known as the “FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS
BANK RETIREMENT PLAN.”

     B. Exclusive Benefit.

          This Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their
Beneficiaries and is intended to qualify as a defined contribution plan under the appropriate
provisions of ERISA and the Code.

     C. Effective Date.

          “Effective Date” means 01/01/1985.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          “Amended Effective Date” means January 1,, 2005, unless otherwise stated herein.

     D. Plan Year.

          “Plan Year” means each 12 consecutive month period ending on 12/31.

     E. Limitation Year.

          “Limitation Year” means each 12 consecutive month period ending on the last day of the Plan
Year.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

     F. Eligible Employee.

          “Eligible Employee” means, with respect to any Plan Year, every Employee of the Employer who
meets the following requirements:

          1. Minimum Age:

               He or she has attained age 21.

          2. Service:

               He or she has completed twelve (12) consecutive months of service having worked at least 1000
Hours of Service in twelve (12) consecutive months; provided, however, that he or she shall become
an Eligible Employee no later than upon the completion of 1000 Hours of Service within a 12
consecutive month period and the attainment of the minimum age requirement, if any.

          3. Years of Service — Break-in-Service.

               The Hour of Service requirement of Paragraphs A.8 and A.95 of Article II shall not be
modified.

               This Plan shall not use the elapsed time method for crediting Years of Service for eligibility
purposes.

          4. Service with the Predecessor Employer or Predecessor Plan.

               Service with a Predecessor Employer is not applicable.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          5. Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period.

               “Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period” means the 12 consecutive month period commencing
on any anniversary of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.

          6. Class Exclusions.

               Notwithstanding the above, any Employee who is a member of any of the following class(es) is
specifically excluded from participation under the Plan:

          His or her compensation and conditions of employment are established by the terms of a
collective bargaining agreement where retirement benefits are bargained for in good faith between
the Employer and such Employee’s lawful representative or bargaining agent; provided, however, that
any otherwise Eligible Employee whose compensation and conditions of employment are established by
the terms of a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Employee if his or her coverage
under this Plan is specifically provided for under such collective bargaining agreement.

          He or she is a non-resident alien who receives no earned income from the Employer which
constitutes income from sources within the United States.

          7. Exclusion By Name.

               Notwithstanding the above, the following individual[s] shall be excluded: Hourly paid
employees.

     G. Entry Date.

               “Entry Date” means the first day of each month coincident with or next following the day he or
she becomes an Eligible Employee.

CONTRIBUTIONS

     H. Types of Employer Contributions.

          1. Nonelective Employer Contributions.

               For each Plan Year, the Employer may make contributions to the Trust in one (1) or more
installments without regard to its Net Profits for such year in such amounts as the Board may
determine in its sole discretion.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          2. Elective Contributions Without Safe Harbor Provisions. 

               Each Participant may elect, by completing the appropriate forms acceptable to the Committee,
to reduce and defer the receipt of up to $14000 per 2005 Plan Year. In no event shall any
Participant be permitted to make Elective Contributions in excess of the limitation on Elective
Deferrals described in Paragraph H of Article IV. The Employer shall contribute the amount so
deferred subject to the limitations described in Articles IV and V, to the Plan.

          3. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions.

               The Employer shall not make Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions.

               The Employer may designate that portion of its Nonelective Employer Contributions made to the
Trust for such Plan Year as Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions under Section 401(k) of
the Code.

          4. Matching Contributions.

               The Employer shall make Matching Contributions. The Employer shall match 100% of Elective
Contributions up to the first 2% of Compensation plus 50% of the next 4% up to a total of 4%..

          5. Qualified Matching Contributions.

               The Employer shall not make Qualified Matching Contributions.

          6. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

               The Employer shall not make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

          7. Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions.

               The Employer shall not make Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions.

          8. Simple 401(k) Contributions.

               The Employer shall not make Simple 401(k) Contributions.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     I. Reserved.

     J. Required Minimum Benefits.

               The top-heavy minimum benefit shall be three percent (3%) of Section 415 Compensation.

               Key Employees shall not be entitled to top-heavy minimum benefits under this Plan.

     K. Compensation.

               For Self-Employed Individuals, “Compensation” means Earned Income.

               “Compensation” means wages, not to exceed the Compensation Limitation, paid by the Employer to
an Employee during a Plan Year, within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code for the purpose
of withholding of income tax but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration
included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed, and
further modified by the following:

Modifications of Compensation

               Including wages which are not currently includable in the Participant’s gross income by reason
of the application of Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), 408(p)(2)(A)(i) and 457 of the
Code.

     L. Highly Compensated Employees and Current or Prior Testing Methods.

                For purposes of identifying Highly Compensated Employees, the Employer has elected the
following:

               1. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, a Highly Compensated Employee shall be
determined based upon the Look-Back Year.

               2. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, a Highly Compensated Employee need not be
a member of the Top-Paid Group.

               3. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the determination of the Actual Deferral
Percentage and the Average Contribution Percentage, if applicable, for the group of Eligible
Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be based upon the current Plan Year
data.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

ALLOCATIONS TO CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS

     M. Allocation of Employer Contributions.

          Subject to the provisions of Articles IV, V and X:

          1. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions.

               Not Applicable.

          2. Matching Contributions.

               Each Participant shall receive an allocation of Matching Contributions as provided in the
formula elected in Paragraph H of this Article I.

          3. Qualified Matching Contributions.

               Not Applicable.

          4. Nonelective Employer Contributions.

               Ratio of Compensation Formula

          Nonelective Employer Contributions for each Plan Year shall be allocated to the Nonelective
Employer Contribution Accounts of each Participant eligible for an allocation in the proportion
that each such Participant’s Compensation bears to the Compensation of all such Participants for
the Plan Year.

          5. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions

               Not applicable.

          6. Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions

               Not applicable.

          7. Simple 401(k) Contributions

               Not applicable.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-6

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          N. Excess Compensation.

               Not Applicable.

          O. Participant Forfeitures.

          1. Forfeitures of Nonelective Contributions shall be aggregated with and allocated in the same
manner as Nonelective Employer Contributions.

          2. Forfeiture of a Participant’s nonvested Accounts shall occur at the end of the Plan Year in
which such Participant incurs a one-year Break-in-Service, provided the Participant has received a
distribution or a deemed distribution if he or she was not vested; or if earlier, at the end of the
Plan Year in which the Participant has incurred five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks-in-Service.

          A previously forfeited Account balance shall be restored first from forfeitures which occurred
in the Plan Year in which the Account balance will be restored. If the amount of forfeitures in
such Plan Year is not sufficient to restore such previously forfeited Account balance, then such
previously forfeited Account balance shall be restored from Nonelective Employer Contributions.

     P. Allocation Requirements — Last Day Employment and Service Requirements.

          1. Last Day Employment and Hours of Service Required.

               Allocations of Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be made only to the appropriate
Accounts of those persons who are Participants, who have completed 1,000 Hours of Service during
the Plan Year, and who are in the employ of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

               If a Plan Year is less than 12 months, the required number of hours shall be redetermined by
multiplying 1,000 Hours of Service by the product of one-twelfth (1/12) and the number of months in
such Short Plan Year.

          2. Retirement, Death and Disability.

               The last day of employment and minimum Hours of Service requirements of this Paragraph P shall
not apply to a Participant who terminates employment during the Plan Year by reason of retirement
at or after Normal Retirement Age or death or Total Disability or early retirement age of 65.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-7

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     Q. Allocation of Excess Annual Additions.

          If an allocation to a Participant would result in an excess Annual Addition, such excess
Annual Addition shall be allocated to remaining Participants’ Accounts with any remaining
unallocable Annual Additions held in a suspense account and applied to reduce Employer
contributions for the next succeeding Limitation Year.

     R. Adjustment to the Rule of 1.0.

          If an adjustment under Section 415(e) of the Code is necessary to prevent the sum of the
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction from exceeding 1.0 for a
Limitation Year, the Annual Additions in the defined contribution plan shall be reduced first.

          For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1999, the preceding paragraph shall no
longer apply.

     S. Employee After-Tax Contributions.

          Employee After-Tax Contributions are allowed.

     T. Rollover Contributions and Transferred Benefits.

          Rollover
Contributions are allowed.

          Transferred Benefits are not allowed.

     U. Normal Retirement Age

          Normal Retirement Age means the Participant’s 65th birthday. A Participant who continues in
the employ of the Employer after he or she attains Normal Retirement Age shall remain a Participant
while so employed, and be entitled to all Plan benefits to the extent he or she would be entitled
thereto if he or she had not yet attained Normal Retirement Age, including allocation of any type
of Employer contribution and forfeiture, if any.

VESTING

     V. Vesting.

          A Participant shall be fully vested in his or her Elective Contribution and Matching
Contribution Account(s) at all times.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-8

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          The Nonelective Employer Contribution Account of a Participant shall vest in him or her as
follows:

	 	 	 
	Years of	 	 
	Vesting	 	Vested
	Service	 	Percentage
	Less
than
1               
	 	0%
	 1
	 	20%
	 2
	 	40%
	 3
	 	60%
	 4
	 	80%
	 5
	 	100%
	 6
	 	                      
	             7 or more
	 	                    

     W. Required Top-Heavy Minimum Vesting.

          If the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, the 6-year graded vesting schedule set forth in Paragraph D.2
of Article VIII shall replace the vesting schedule adopted in this Article I, unless the vesting
schedule set forth in Paragraph V of this Article I provides for a faster rate of vesting during
any relevant year.

     X. Years of Vesting Service.

          “Years of Vesting Service” means all of an Employee’s Years of Service subject to the
provisions of Article VI.

     Y. Years of Service — Break-in-Service.

          Vesting Computation Period shall mean each 12 consecutive month period beginning on the
Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and any subsequent 12 consecutive month period commencing
on any anniversary date of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.

          This Plan shall not use the elapsed time method for crediting Years of Service for vesting
purposes.

     Z. Vesting at Death or Total Disability.

          A Participant shall become fully vested at death. A Participant shall become fully vested at
Total Disability.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-9

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

     AA. Participant Loans.

          Loans to Participants are available. Loans will be treated as directed investments of
Participants’ Accounts. The $50,000 limit and 50% limit under Paragraph H of Article VII shall
apply. Loans shall be repaid by payroll deductions. Loans to Inactive Participants are available
under the same procedures and provisions as are applicable to active Participants with the
exception of loan repayments by payroll deductions, if applicable. Loan repayments shall be
suspended by reason of Section 414(u) of the Code.

     BB. Hardship Withdrawals.

          Hardship withdrawals of Elective contributions, Nonelective contributions and Matching
contributions to the extent vested shall be allowed. For these purposes, an “event of hardship”
means:

     Payment of medical expenses described in Section 213(d) of the Code which are incurred by the
Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, or any dependents of the Employee as defined in Section 152(d) of
the Code or necessary for these persons to obtain medical care as described in Section 213(d) of
the Code.

     Purchase of a principal residence, but not including mortgage payments, by the Employee.

     Payment of tuition, room and board, and related educational fees for the next 12 months of
post-secondary education for the Employee, the Employee’s Spouse, children or dependents.

     The need to prevent eviction of the Employee from his or her principal residence or
foreclosure on the mortgage of the Employee’s principal residence.

     CC. In-Service Distributions Other Than Hardship.

          In-service distributions of a Participant’s Nonelective Employer Contribution Account and
Matching Contribution Account shall be allowed at the following times:

          Attainment
of age 59 1/2 or later

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-10

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          In-service distributions of a Participant’s Elective Contribution Account subject to only
Section 401(k) of the Code shall be allowed at age 59 1/2 or later.

          In-service distributions of a Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contribution Account and
Rollover Contribution Account shall be allowed at any time.

     DD. Cash-Out Options.

          1. Effective for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, the $3,500 involuntary cash-out
distribution limit shall be increased to $5,000.

          2. An immediate forfeiture of a partial cash-out as provided in Paragraph B.4 of Article VI
shall not apply until the Participant either has received his or her entire vested Accrued Benefit;
or if earlier, has incurred five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks-in-Service.

          3. If a Participant is rehired prior to five (5) consecutive one year Breaks-in-Service, he or
she shall be required to repay the Plan the amounts previously distributed to the Participant for
the Participant’s non-vested Accrued Benefits to be restored.

          4. The alternative separate account formula X=P(AB + (RxD)) — (RxD) as stated in Paragraph C
of Article VI shall not apply.

     EE. Time of Distribution Upon Employment Termination.

          Distributions of vested Accounts to Participants upon employment termination prior to Normal
Retirement Age shall be made as soon as administratively feasible after employment termination
date.

     FF. Right
to Defer Receipt of Benefits After Normal Retirement Age and Age 70 1/2.

          1. Upon separation from service, a Participant shall have the right to defer receipt of
benefits after Normal Retirement Age or age 62, if later.

          2. The required beginning date for minimum required distributions for a non-5% Owner is the
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which
such Participant attains age 70 1/2.

     GG. Accrued Benefits Subject to REACT Annuity Requirements.

          Participants’ Accrued Benefits shall be subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity requirements of REACT

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-11

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

as provided in Paragraphs A, B and C of Article VII. The survivor portion of the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity shall equal 100%. The Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall
equal 50% of the actuarial equivalent of the sum of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit and any other
death benefits. The one-year marriage requirement shall not apply to a Surviving Spouse in regard
to the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

     HH. Alternate Forms of Benefits Payments.

     
     The following alternate forms of benefit payment are available:

       
        Single Sum. The payment of all or a portion of the Participant’s vested Accrued
Benefit in a single sum in cash.

               Annuity. The payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit, variable or fixed,
in a series of monthly payments provided to such Participant for his or her life or for the joint
lives of the Participant and his or her Designated Beneficiary. The optional form of the survivor
portion of a joint and survivor annuity may equal 100%. An annuity may not include a period
certain.

               Installments. The payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit in a series of
installments payable monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.

     II. Reserved.

     JJ. Total
Disability.

          Total and permanent disability shall mean eligibility for benefits under the Employer’s
long-term disability plan.

MISCELLANEOUS

     KK. Participant Directed Accounts. 

          Each Participant shall be entitled to direct the investment of his or her Elective
Contribution Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, Nonelective Employer Contribution
Account, Matching Contribution Account and Rollover Contribution Account in accordance with Article
XII.

     LL.
Valuation Date.

               Each business day.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-12

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     MM. Look-Back
Year.

          “Look-Back Year” means, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the 12-month period
immediately preceding any relevant Plan Year.

          “Look-Back Year” means, For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997, the 12-month period
immediately preceding any relevant Plan Year.

     NN. Co-Trustees.

          If there is more than one (1) Trustee, any one of such Trustees shall have the right to make
any decision, undertake any action or execute any documents affecting this Trust without the
approval of the remaining Trustees. Any directions to any person or organization shall be executed
by any one of the co-Trustees. For purposes of this Plan and Trust, “directions” shall mean any
certification, notice, authorization, application or instruction of the Trustee.

     OO. Correction of Multiple Use.

          If a multiple use of the alternative limitations occurs with respect to this Plan or with
respect to this Plan and one or more other plans or arrangements maintained by the Employer:

          1. Reduction shall be made to all Highly Compensated Employees in order to prevent such
multiple use.

          2. The Actual Deferral Percentage shall be reduced.

     PP. Model Amendment.

     1. Paragraph K of Article I is modified to add the following as a modification to
Compensation:

          For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1998, Compensation shall include elective
amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under Section 125, 132(f)(4),
402(e)(3), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.

     2. Paragraph A.76 of Article II is modified to add the following:

          For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1998, the definition of Section 415
Compensation for purposes of this Plan shall also include elective amounts that are not includible
in the gross income of the Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4)

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-13

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

of the Code. This modification shall also apply to the definition of compensation for purposes
of Paragraphs A.30 and A.41 of Article II and Paragraphs A.2 and E of Article VIII.

     3. Paragraph E.1 of Article V is modified to add the following
subparagraph (c):

          (c) For Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 1998, for purposes of applying the
limitations described in this Paragraph E, Section 415 Compensation paid or made available during
such Limitation Years shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of
the Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

     4. Paragraph B.9 of Article VII is modified to add the following paragraph:

          With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on and after
January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of
the Code in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code that were proposed
on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. This amendment
shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective
date of final regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code or such other date as may be
specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service.

          With respect to distributions under the Plan made on and after January 1, 2001 for calendar
years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the Plan will apply the minimum distribution
requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with the regulations under Section
401(a)(9) of the Code that were proposed on January 17, 2001 (the 2001 Proposed Regulations),
notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. If the total amount of required minimum
distributions made to a Participant for 2001 prior to January 1, 2001 are equal to or greater than
the amount of required minimum distributions determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then
no additional distributions are required for such Participant for 2001 on or after such date. If
the total amount of required minimum distributions made to a Participant for 2001 prior to January
1, 2001 are less than the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed Regulations, then the amount of
required minimum distributions for 2001 on or after such date will be determined so that the total
amount of required minimum distributions for 2001 is the amount determined under the 2001 Proposed
Regulations. This amendment shall continue in effect until the last calendar year beginning before
the effective date of the final regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code or such other date
as may be published by the Internal Revenue Service.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE I

	 	I-14

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

II. DEFINITIONS

     A. Terms Defined In This Article II. As used in this Plan, the following terms have the
following meanings.

          1. “Account(s)” means, where applicable, a Participant’s Nonelective Employer
Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account,
Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution Account, Matching Contribution Account, Qualified
Matching Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution Account, Simple 401(k) Contribution Account
and/or Transferred Benefits Account.

          2. “Accrued Benefit” means, where applicable at any date, the value of a Participant’s
Accounts.

          3. “Actual Deferral Percentage” means with respect to (i) the group of Highly
Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants; and (ii) the group of all other Eligible
Participants, the average of the actual deferral ratios of each group, calculated separately for
each Eligible Participant in each group, of the amount of the Qualifying Section 401(k)
Contributions made on behalf of each Eligible Participant for the Plan Year divided by the Eligible
Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year. The actual deferral ratio of an Eligible Participant
who did not make or receive any Qualifying Section 401(k) Contribution is zero (0).

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the actual deferral ratio for each Eligible
Participant shall be calculated to the nearest
one-hundredth (.01) of one percent (1%). Unless otherwise elected in Paragraph K of Article
I, Compensation includes Compensation received for the entire Plan Year regardless of whether the
Eligible Participant was a Participant for the entire Plan Year.

               A Highly Compensated Employee who is either a 5%-Owner or one (1) of the 10 most Highly
Compensated Employees shall have his or her actual deferral ratio aggregated with other eligible
Family Members to form one (1) actual deferral ratio as if there was one (1) Highly Compensated
Employee. The combined actual deferral ratio shall be determined by combining the Qualifying
Section 401(k) Contributions and Compensation of all eligible Family Members. Except as provided
in the preceding sentence, Family Members, with respect to such Highly Compensated Employees, shall
be disregarded as separate Employees in determining the Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants
who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               If an Employee is required to be aggregated as a member of more than one (1) family group in a
plan, all Eligible Participants who are members of the family groups that include such Employee are
aggregated as one (1) family group in accordance with the preceding paragraph.

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the preceding two (2) paragraphs shall no
longer apply.

          4. “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year.

          5. “Annual Addition” means the amounts allocated to a Participant’s Accounts during
any relevant Limitation Year that constitute:

               (a) Employer contributions;

               (b) Employee contributions;

               (c) Forfeitures;

               (d) Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions are Annual Additions whether or
not corrected by distribution or recharacterization. Furthermore, Excess Deferrals are Annual
Additions; provided, however, that Excess Deferrals which are distributed in accordance with
Section 1.402(1)-1(e)(2) or (3) of the Treasury Regulations are not Annual Additions.
Additionally, Elective Deferrals which are returned pursuant to Section 415 of the Code are not
Annual Additions and are disregarded for purposes of Sections 401(k), 401(m)(2) and 402(g) of the
Code;

               (e) Amounts allocated after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account, as described in
Section 415(l)(2) of the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the
Employer;

               (f) Amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable
years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated
to separate accounts of a Key Employee, as defined in Section 419A(d)(3) of the Code, under a
welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the Employer; and

               (g) Amounts allocated under a simplified employee pension plan pursuant to Section 408(k) of
the Code.

               Notwithstanding the above, Employee After-Tax Contributions not in excess of the greater of
(i) six percent (6%) of Section 415 Compensation or

(ii) one-half (1/2) of the Employee After-Tax Contributions shall not be considered as

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Annual Additions for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987. Furthermore,
Employer contributions or prior forfeited amounts which are used to restore the non-vested portion
of a Participant’s Accrued Benefit that was previously cashed-out and forfeited shall not be
considered an Annual Addition.

          6. “Average Contribution Percentage” means with respect to (i) the group of Highly
Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants; and (ii) the group of all other Eligible
Participants, the average of the contribution ratios of each group, calculated separately for each
Eligible Participant in each group, of the amount of Qualifying Section 401(m) Contributions made
on behalf of each Eligible Participant for the Plan Year divided by the Eligible Participant’s
Compensation. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the Average Contribution
Percentage shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth (.01) of one percent (1%). The
determination of Compensation for an Eligible Participant during the Plan Year shall be made in the
same manner as for the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation.

               A Highly Compensated Employee who is either a 5%-Owner or one (1) of the 10 most Highly
Compensated Employees shall have his or her Contribution Percentage aggregated with other eligible
Family Members to form one (1) Contribution Percentage as if there was one (1) Highly Compensated
Employee. The combined Contribution Percentage shall be determined by combining the Qualifying
Section 401(m) Contribution and Compensation of all eligible Family Members. Except as provided in
the preceding sentence, Family Members, with respect to such Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
disregarded as separate Employees in determining the Average Contribution Percentage for
Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees.

               If an Employee is required to be aggregated as a member of more than one (1) family group in a
plan, all Eligible Participants who are members of the family groups that include such Employee are
aggregated as one (1) family group in accordance with the preceding paragraph.

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the preceding two (2) paragraphs shall no
longer apply.

          7. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Employer, if a corporation. If such
corporation is later dissolved, Board continues to mean such Board of Directors of the Employer if
empowered to continue to act as a board in settling the affairs of the dissolved corporation under
local law. If no such power exists, then in the case of a corporation that is dissolved, Board
means the Trustee of the Trust, until such time as a new employer adopts and sponsors the Plan or

until all assets are distributed. If the Employer is not a corporation, Board means the managing
partner(s) of a partnership, the manager of a limited liability company, the trustee(s) of a trust,
the sole proprietor of

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

an unincorporated business or the elected or designated representative(s) of an unincorporated
association.

          8. “Break-in-Service” means that an Employee did not complete more than 500 Hours of
Service, or such lesser amount if elected in Article I, in the applicable Computation Period. For
purposes of determining whether a Break-in-Service has occurred in a Computation Period, an
Employee who is granted a Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence shall receive credit for eight
(8) Hours of Service per day of such absence. To the extent provided in Paragraph A.46 of this
Article II and Paragraph B of Article III, Leaves of Absence shall not cause a Break-in-Service.
Unless otherwise elected in Article I, if the Plan Year is less than 12 months, no Break-in-Service
shall occur in such Plan Year. For purposes of the elapsed time method,
Break-in-Service means a “One-Year Period of Severance.”

          9. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

        10. “Committee” means the administrative committee appointed by the Sponsoring
Employer’s Board.

        11. “Compensation Limitation” means the limitation imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of
the Code, as described below.

               (a) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988 and before January 1, 1994, Compensation
shall not exceed $200,000 as adjusted after 1989 by the Secretary of the Treasury at the same time
and in the same manner as adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code, except that such adjustment
for a calendar year shall take effect on the first day of the Plan Year beginning in such calendar
year.

               (b) For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
Employee taken into account under the Plan shall not exceed $150,000. The $150,000 Compensation
Limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary annually at the same time and in the same manner as
adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code; except that the base period shall be the calendar
quarter beginning October 1, 1993, and any increase which is not a multiple of $10,000 shall be
rounded to the next lowest multiple of $10,000. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a
calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over which Compensation is determined
(determination period) beginning in such calendar year.

               If a determination period is less than 12 months, the Compensation Limitation described in the
preceding subparagraphs (a) and (b) above will by multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
is the number of months in the determination period, and the denominator of which is 12.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          12. “Contribution Percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the
Qualifying Section 401(m) contributions under the Plan on behalf of the Eligible Participant for
the Plan Year to the Eligible Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

          13. “Controlled Group” means the Employer and all members of its controlled or
affiliated group of trades or businesses whether or not incorporated (including an affiliated
service group) as defined in Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code. For Plan Years beginning
before January 1, 1997, if the Employer is an Unincorporated Entity, then Controlled Group shall be
as defined in Section 401(d)(1) of the Code; provided, however, that any member of a Controlled
Group shall be disregarded for all purposes under the Plan for any period when such member was not
a member of the Controlled Group unless expressly provided to the contrary herein.

          14. “Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation” means $90,000, as adjusted each January 1 by
Section 415(d) of the Code for years beginning after December 31, 1987.

          15. “Defined Benefit Plan Fraction” means a fraction, the numerator of which is the
projected annual benefit of a Participant under the Plan and any other defined benefit plan
maintained by the Employer or its Controlled Group, whether or not terminated, and the denominator
of which is the lesser of:

          (a) 1.25 multiplied by the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation in effect for such Limitation
Year; or

          (b) 1.4 multiplied by the Participant’s average Section 415 Compensation for his or her
highest three (3) consecutive years including such Limitation Year, determined under Section
415(b)(1)(B) of the Code.

               Notwithstanding the above, if an Employee was a Participant as of the first day of the first
Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one (1) or more defined benefit plans
maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of the Defined
Benefit Plan Fraction will not be less than 125% of the sum of the annual benefits of such Plans
which the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before
January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan after May 5,
1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the
aggregate satisfy the requirements of Section 415 of the Code for all Limitation Years beginning
before January 1, 1987.

          16. “Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation” means $30,000 or, if greater, one-fourth
(1/4) of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation in effect on the last day of the

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Limitation Year. If a Limitation Year is less than 12 months, the Defined Contribution Dollar
Limitation for that year shall be multiplied by one-twelfth (1/12) of the number of months in such
year. Effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1994, Defined Contribution
Dollar Limitation means $30,000 as adjusted by Section 415(d) of the Code.

          17. “Defined Contribution Plan Fraction” means a fraction, the numerator of which is
the sum of the Annual Additions to a Participant’s Accounts under all defined contribution plans
maintained by the Employer or its Controlled Group, whether or not terminated, including Employee
After-Tax Contributions to any defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer and Annual Additions
attributed to all welfare plans, simplified employee pension plans, and individual medical accounts
maintained by the Employer as of the end of the Limitation Year, and the denominator of which is
the sum of the lesser of the following amounts determined for such Limitation Year and for all
prior Limitation Years with the Employer:

               (a) 1.25 multiplied by the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation in effect for such
Limitation Year, but without regard to Section 415(c)(6) of the Code; or

               (b) 1.4 multiplied by 25% of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for such Limitation
Year determined under Section 415(c)(1)(B) or Section 415(c)(7) of the Code, if applicable.

               Notwithstanding the above, if an Employee was a Participant as of the first day of the first
Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one (1) or more defined contribution plans
maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of the Defined
Contribution Plan Fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit
Plan Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment, an
amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0, times (ii) the
denominator of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the
numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is calculated using fractions as they would be computed
as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any
changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Section 415
limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

          18. “DEFRA” means the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984, as amended from time to time.

          19. “Designated Beneficiary” or “Beneficiary” means the person(s) or
entity(ies) designated by the Participant or, in the absence thereof, the person(s) or

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-6

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

entity(ies) entitled under the provisions of this Plan to receive benefits as a result of the
death of the Participant.

          20. “Direct Rollover” means a payment by the Plan to an Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by a Distributee.

          21. “Distributee” means an Employee, former Employee, an Employee’s or former
Employee’s Surviving Spouse or an Employee’s or former Employee’s Spouse or former Spouse who is an
Alternate Payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

          22. “Earned Income” means the net earnings of a Self-Employed Individual from
self-employment (as defined in Section 1402(a) of the Code), determined after taking into account
(i) deductible contributions to the Plan and any other qualified plans maintained by the Employer;
and (ii) all other adjustments required by Section 401(c)(2) of the Code; but (iii) only if the
services of the Self-Employed Individual to the Employer’s business are a material income-producing
factor as determined in accordance with Section 1.401-10(c) of the Treasury Regulations. For
taxable years beginning after 1989, net earnings shall be further reduced by the deductions allowed
to the taxpayer by Section 164(f) of the Code.

          23. “Elective Contributions” means in any Plan Year the amount of a Participant’s
Compensation elected by him or her to be reduced and deferred pursuant to Article I. Any amount
that the Employee could not have elected to receive in cash or any amount that has become currently
available to a Participant or that is designated or treated at the time of the deferral or
contribution as an Employee After-Tax Contribution shall not be treated as an Elective
Contribution. For Plan Years beginning after August 8, 1988, Matching Contributions made on behalf
of a partner or Self-Employed Individual under a partnership or Individual plan shall be treated as
Elective Contributions. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, Matching Contributions
made on behalf of a partner or Self-Employed Individual shall not be treated as Elective
Contributions.

          24. “Elective Contribution Account” means the account maintained to record the
Participant’s Elective Contributions and any other adjustments as required under Article IV, V or X
of the Plan.

          25. “Elective Deferrals” means the sum of an individual’s election to defer income for
a taxable year pursuant to the following:

               (a) Elective Contributions under any qualified cash or deferred arrangements as defined in
Section 401(k) of the Code which are not includable in the

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-7

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

individual’s gross income for the taxable year on account of Section 402(e)(3) of the Code.

          (b) Any Employer contribution to a simplified employee pension plan as defined in Section
408(k) of the Code and which is not includable in the individual’s income for the taxable year on
account of Section 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code.

          (c) Any Employer contribution to an annuity contract under Section 403(b) of the Code under a
salary reduction agreement within the meaning of Section 312(a)(5)(D) of the Code which is not
includable in the individual’s gross income for the taxable year on account of Section 403(b) of
the Code. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a contribution to a Section 403(b) annuity made
pursuant to a

one-time irrevocable election to contribute at time of eligibility to participate shall not be
included.

          (d) Any Employee contribution designated as deductible in a trust described in Section
501(c)(18) of the Code which is deducted from such individual’s income for the taxable year on
account of Section 501(c)(18) of the Code.

          (e) Any elective Employer contribution made under Section 408(p)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

          26. “Eligibility Computation Period” means the initial 12 consecutive month period
commencing on an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and the Subsequent Eligibility Computation
Period as elected in Article I.

          27. “Eligible Participant” means any Employee who is directly or indirectly eligible
to make an election to reduce and defer his or her Compensation under the Plan during all or a
portion of a Plan Year, including (i) any Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure
to make any Elective Contributions or other required contributions; (ii) any Employee whose
eligibility to make Elective Contributions has been suspended due to a hardship distribution, other
distribution, a loan, or an election not to participate, other than a one-time election not to be
eligible to make a cash or deferred election or to have contributions equal to a specified amount
or percentage of Compensation (including no amount of Compensation) made by the Employer to this
Plan and any other plan maintained by the Employer (including plans not yet established) for the
duration of the Employee’s employment; (iii) any Employee who is unable to receive an additional
Annual Addition on account of Sections 415(c)(1) and 415(e) of the Code; and (iv) any Employee who
is unable to make an Elective Contribution because his or her Compensation is less than a stated
dollar amount, shall be considered as an Employee for purposes of computing the Actual Deferral
Percentage.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-8

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               For purposes of computing the Average Contribution Percentage, Eligible Participant means any
Employee who is directly or indirectly eligible to make an Employee After-Tax Contribution or to
receive an allocation of Matching Contributions, including Matching Contributions derived from
forfeitures under the Plan during all or a portion of a Plan Year including any Employee who is
unable to make an Employee After-Tax Contribution or receive an allocation of Matching
Contributions merely because his Compensation is less than a stated amount; any Employee who would
be eligible to make Employee After-Tax Contributions or receive Matching Contributions except for a
suspension due to a hardship distribution or other distribution, loan or election not to
participate in the Plan, other than a one-time election not to be eligible to make a cash or
deferred election or to have contributions equal to a specified amount or percentage of
Compensation (including no amount of Compensation) made by the Employer to this Plan and any other
plan maintained by the Employer (including plans not yet established) for the duration of the
Employee’s employment; and any Employee who is unable to receive additional Annual Additions
because of Sections 415(c)(1) and 415(e) of the Code shall be considered as an Employee for
purposes of computing the Contribution Percentage limitation.

          28. “Eligible Retirement Plan” means an individual retirement account described in
Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the
Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in
Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee’s Eligible Rollover Distribution.
However, in case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a Surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement
Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

          29. “Eligible Rollover Distribution” means any distribution of $200 or more of the
Distributee’s vested Accrued Benefit except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include
(i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (made not
less frequently than annually) for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee’s Designated Beneficiary,
or for a specified period of 10 years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such
distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution
that is not includable in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (iv) hardship distributions of
salary deferrals within the meaning of Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code made after December
31, 1998 or such later date as administered by the Committee but no later than December 31, 1999.

               If a Participant would have been entitled to receive his or her Elective Contributions
regardless of hardship (i.e., age 59 1/2), then such deferral shall qualify as an Eligible Rollover
Distribution.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-9

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               If a portion of a distribution that includes a hardship distribution is not includible in
gross income, the portion of the distribution that is not includible in gross income is first
allocated to the hardship distribution and then any remaining portion not includible in gross
income is allocated to the portion of the distribution that is not a hardship distribution.

          30. “Employee” means every person employed by the Employer whose income is subject to
withholding of income tax or for whom Social Security contributions are made by the Employer.
Unless the Plan is amended to provide otherwise, the transitional rule of Section 410(b)(6)(C) of
the Code shall apply. If the Employer is an Unincorporated Entity, Employee also means a
Self-Employed Individual.

               Employee shall include Leased Employees; provided, however, that a Leased Employee shall not
be considered an Employee if:

               (a) The Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing (i) a
nonintegrated employer contribution rate of at least 10% of compensation, as defined in Section
415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed by the employer pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement which are excludable from the Leased Employee’s gross income under Section 125,
402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or 457 of the Code; (ii) immediate participation;
and (iii) full and immediate vesting; and

               (b) Leased Employees do not constitute more than 20% of the Employer’s non-highly compensated
workforce.

               Employees who are Leased Employees may become Eligible Employees unless excluded in Article I.

          31. “Employee After-Tax Contribution” means any contributions made to a plan that are
designated or treated at the time of deferral or contributions as employee after-tax contributions
and are allocated to a separate account to which the attributed earnings and losses are allocated.
Such term includes (i) Employee contributions to a defined contribution plan described in Section
414(k) of the Code; (ii) Employee contributions made to a defined benefit plan which provides for a
cost of living arrangement as described in Section 415(k)(2)(B) of the Code; (iii) Employee
contributions applied to the purchase of whole life insurance protection, or survivor benefits
protection under a defined contribution plan; (iv) amounts attributed to Excess Contributions
within the meaning of Section 401(k)(8)(B) of the Code which are recharacterized as Employee
contributions; and (v) and Employee contributions to a contract described in Section 403(b) of the
Code. Employee After-Tax Contributions do not include repayment of loans, buy-backs of benefits
previously forfeited, or Employee

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-10

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

After-Tax Contributions which were transferred to this Plan and are held pursuant to Article
XVI.

          32. “Employee After-Tax Contribution Account” means the Account maintained to record a
Participant’s allocation of Employee Contributions and other adjustments as required under Article
IV, V or X of the Plan.

          33. “Employer” means the entity or entities adopting the Plan, and any other members
of the Controlled Group which have adopted the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph
D of Article XIV, and any successor thereto. Employer also means any other entities that have
adopted this Plan that are not members of a Controlled Group, and any successor thereto. The
“Sponsoring Employer” shall be the Employer who is responsible for the administration of
the Plan. Each other entity which adopts this Plan as provided herein shall be a
“Participating Employer”; provided, however, that only members of a Controlled Group may be
Participating Employers unless the preamble of Article I designates a non-Controlled Group as a
Participating Employer.

          34. “Employment Commencement Date” means the date upon which an Employee first
completes one (1) Hour of Service.

          35. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from
time to time.

          36. “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess
of the aggregate amount of Qualifying Section 401(m) Contributions actually made on behalf of
Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of such contributions

permitted under the Contribution Percentage limitation.

          37. “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of the
aggregate amount of Qualifying Section 401(k) Contributions actually made on behalf of Highly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the maximum amount of such contributions permitted
under the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation.

          38. “Excess Deferrals” means those Elective Deferrals made by an individual during his
or her taxable year which exceed $7,000 ($6,000 if a Simple 401(k) Plan) or such other amount that
is adjusted under Section 415(d) of the Code. The special adjustments for Section 403(b) Annuity
Contracts and other rules concerning Section 402(g) of the Code are incorporated herein by
reference.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-11

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          39. “Family Member” means an Employee or former Employee’s Spouse and lineal
ascendants or descendants and the spouses of such lineal ascendants or descendants.

          40. “5%-Owner” means any person who owns directly or indirectly as defined in Section
416(i)(1)(B) of the Code (i) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer;
or (ii) stock possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all
stock of the Employer. If the Employer is not a corporation, 5%-Owner means any person who owns
more than five percent (5%) of the capital or profits interests in the Employer.

               For purposes of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, a Participant shall be considered a 5%-Owner if
such Participant is a 5%-Owner at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar
year in which such 5%-Owner attains age 70 1/2.

          41. “Highly Compensated Employee” or “Highly Compensated Participant” means:

               (a) For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997:

                    (i) Any Employee who performs services during the Plan Year; and
 

Was a 5%-Owner during the Plan Year or Look-Back Year; or

                    Received Section 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted pursuant
to Section 415(d) of the Code in effect as of the first day of any relevant Plan Year) during the
Look-Back Year; or

                    Received Section 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $50,000 (as adjusted pursuant
to Section 415(d) of the Code in effect as of the first day of any relevant Plan Year) during the
Look-back Year and was in the top 20% of Employees ranked on the basis of Section 415 Compensation
during the Look-Back Year. Employees described in Section 414(q)(8) of the Code and Q&A 9(b) of
Section 1.414(q)-1T of the Regulations are excluded to the extent provided in Article I; or

                    Was an officer of the Employer, as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code and received Section
415 Compensation during the
Look-Back Year that is greater than 50% of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation for the
calendar year in which the Look-Back Year began. If no officer has received

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-12

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Section 415 Compensation in excess of 50% of the Defined Benefit Dollar Limitation during the
Plan Year or the Look-Back Year, the highest paid officer for such year shall be treated as a
Highly Compensated Employee. The number of officers is limited to 50 or if less, the greater of
three (3) Employees or 10% of all Employees. Employees described in Section 414(q)(8) of the Code
and Q&A 9(b) of Section 1.414(q)-1T of the Regulations are excluded to the extent provided in
Article I; or

                    Any Employee who is both (i) described in (B) or (D) above, when such paragraphs are modified
to substitute the Plan Year for the Look-Back Year; and (ii) one (1) of the 100 Employees who
received the greatest Section 415 Compensation from the Employer during the Plan Year.

                    (ii) Any former Employee who separated from service prior to the Plan Year, who performs no
services for the Employer during the Plan Year and was a Highly Compensated Employee who performed
services for the Employer during either the year the Employee separated from service or any Plan
Year on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday.

                    For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, if an Employee is, during a Plan Year or
Look-Back Year, a Family Member of either a
5%-Owner who is an Employee or former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one (1)
of the 10 most Highly Compensated Employees ranked on the basis of Section 415 Compensation paid by
the Employer during such year, then the Family Member and the 5%-Owner or the top 10 Highly
Compensated Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving Compensation and plan
contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such Compensation and contributions or benefits of
the Family Member and 5%-Owner or top 10 Highly Compensated Employee. For purposes of Section
401(l) of the Code, the required aggregation of Family Members shall not apply in determining the
amount of Compensation of a Participant which is below the Plan’s integration level but will apply
for purposes of the Compensation Limitation. The apportionment of Compensation earned by Family
Members who are required to be aggregated, and the resulting benefits and/or contributions, shall
be determined by Article I.

                    For purposes of identifying a Highly Compensated Employee, Section 415 Compensation shall also
include elective or salary reduction contributions to a cafeteria plan, cash or deferred
arrangement or tax sheltered annuity.

                    For purposes of identifying a Highly Compensated Employee, the determinations of (i) the
number and identity of Employees in the top 20% or highest paid group; (ii) the top 100 Employees;
(iii) the number of Employees treated as officers; and (iv) the Compensation that is to be
considered, will be made according to Section 414(q) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-13

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (b) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996:

                    (i) Any Employee who performs services during the Plan Year; and

                    Was a 5%-Owner during the Plan Year or Look-Back Year; or

                    Received Section 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant
to Section 415(d) of the Code, except that the base period shall be the calendar quarter ending
September 30, 1996, in effect on the first day of any relevant Plan Year) during the Look-Back Year
or if elected in Article I, the calendar year beginning with or within the Look-Back Year and, if
elected in Article I, was also in the Top Paid Group.

                    (ii) Any former Employee who separated from service prior to the Plan Year, who performs no
services for the Employer during the Plan Year and was a Highly Compensated Employee who performed
services for the Employer during either the year the Employee separated from service or any Plan
Year on or after the Employee’s 55th birthday.

                    For purposes of determining if an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee in 1997,
subparagraphs (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Paragraph A.41 shall be treated as having been in effect
in 1996.

                    For purposes of identifying a Highly Compensated Employee, Section 415 Compensation shall also
include elective or salary reduction contributions to a cafeteria plan, cash or deferred
arrangement or tax sheltered annuity.

               For purposes of this Paragraph A.41, all entities which are members of a Controlled Group with
the Employer shall be treated as a single Employer.

          42. “Hour of Service” means:

               (a) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment.
These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period(s) in which the services
are performed and not when paid, if different; and

               (b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by
the Employer for a period of time during which no services are performed (without regard to whether
the employment relationship between the

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-14

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Employee and the Employer has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity,
disability, layoff, jury duty, military duty, or Leave of Absence with pay. The hours shall be
credited to the Employee in the computation period to which
non-performance of duties relates and not in which paid, if different; and

               (c) Each hour for which an Employee has been awarded or for which the Employer has agreed to
pay, directly or indirectly, back pay (without regard to damages). These hours shall be credited
to the Employee in the computation period to which the award or agreement pertains, not the period
in which paid, if different.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited to an
Employee under subparagraph (b) or (c) of this Paragraph A.42 for any single continuous period of
time during which no services are performed; (ii) an hour for which an Employee is directly or
indirectly paid for a period during which no services are performed shall not constitute an Hour of
Service, if such payment is paid or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying
with applicable worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws;
(iii) Hours of Service shall not be credited for payments which solely reimburse an Employee for
medical or medically related expenses; (iv) the same Hours of Service shall not be credited to an
Employee both under subparagraph (a) or (b) and subparagraph (c); and (v) Hours of Service to be
credited under subparagraph (b) above shall be determined based upon the number of regularly
scheduled working hours included in the units of time on the basis of which payment is calculated.

               The Committee may determine Hours of Service based upon days of employment in a computation
period by crediting an Employee with 10 Hours of Service for each day for which the Employee would
be required to be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service under subparagraphs (a), (b) and
(c) of this Paragraph A.42. Alternatively, the Committee may adopt such other equivalency rule as
permitted under Section 2530.200b-3 of the Department of Labor Regulations (as amended from time to
time), which are incorporated herein by this reference.

               The Committee shall determine Hours of Service to be credited to an Employee under the
foregoing rules in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner and in accordance with Section
2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations (as amended from time to time), which are
incorporated herein by this reference.

          43. “Inactive Participant” means a Participant whose participation in the Plan is
suspended because of a change of employment status, including (i) terminating employment; (ii)
incurring a Break-in-Service; or (iii) becoming a member of a class of Employees which has been
excluded from participation, but whose total benefits have not been distributed.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-15

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          44. “Investment Manager” means a fiduciary designated by the Employer or the
Committee, to whom has been delegated the responsibility and authority to manage, acquire or
dispose of the Trust assets, and (i) who is (A) registered as an investment advisor under the
Investment Advisors Act of 1940; (B) a bank, as defined in that Act; or (C) an insurance company
qualified to perform investment advisory services under the laws of more than one (1) state; and
(ii) who has acknowledged in writing that he or she is a fiduciary with respect to the management,
acquisition and control of the Trust assets.

          45. “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the Employer) who,
pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (“leasing organization”), has
performed services for the Employer (or for related persons determined in accordance with Section
414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one (1) year,
and such services are of a type historically performed by employees in the business field of the
Employer. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997, a person will be a Leased
Employee only if the services he or she performs are under the primary direction or control of the
Employer. Contributions or benefits provided to a Leased Employee by the leasing organization
which are attributable to services performed for the Employer shall be treated as provided by the
Employer.

          46. “Leave of Absence” means a leave granted by the Employer, in its sole discretion,
in accordance with rules uniformly applied to all Employees, for reasons of health or public
service or for reasons determined by the Employer to be in its best interests.

               Effective December 12, 1994, contribution, benefit and service credit with respect to
qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. If
elected in Article I, the Committee shall suspend loan repayments during any Participant’s periods
of qualified military service.

          47. “Look-Back Year” means the
12-month period immediately preceding any relevant Plan
Year or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year, as elected in Article I.

               For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997, Look-Back Year means the
12-month
period immediately preceding any relevant Plan Year. However, if elected in Article I, for the
Plan Year beginning in 1997, the Look-Back Year may be the calendar year ending with or within the
Plan Year.

          48. “Matching Contribution” means an Employer contribution made to the Plan or a
defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer on account of an Employee After-Tax
Contribution or an Elective Contribution, and any reallocated

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-16

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

forfeiture allocated on the basis of an Employee After-Tax Contribution, Matching Contribution
or Elective Contribution. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, any contributions used
to satisfy Top-Heavy minimum benefits shall not be treated as Matching Contributions.

          49. “Matching Contribution Account” means the account maintained separately to record
each Participant’s Matching Contributions and other adjustments as required under Article V or X of
the Plan.

          50. “Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence” means an absence (i) because of the
Employee’s pregnancy; (ii) because of the birth of a child of the Employee; (iii) because of the
adoption of a child by, and placement of the child with, the Employee; or (iv) for purposes of
caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement. The
Hours of Service credited under this Paragraph A.50 shall be credited (i) in the Eligibility
Computation Period and/or Vesting Computation Period in which the absence begins if the crediting
is necessary to prevent a Break-in-Service in that computation period; or (ii) in all other cases,
in the following Eligibility Computation Period and/or Vesting Computation Period. No Hours of
Service for Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence shall be credited to a Participant unless he or
she timely furnishes to the Committee such information as the Committee may request to establish
that the absence is for a Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence and the number of days of such
absence. The total Hours of Service to be credited for Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence
shall not exceed 501 in any computation period.

          51. “Net Profits” means the net income of the Employer as determined for federal
income tax purposes without any deduction for taxes based upon income or for contributions made by
the Employer under this Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer. For a
Self-Employed Individual, Net Profits mean Earned Income, as determined under Section 404(a)(8) of
the Code.

          52. “Nonelective Employer Contributions” means Employer contributions other than
Matching Contributions with respect to which the Employee may not elect to have the contributions
paid to the Employee in cash or other benefits.

          53. “Nonelective Employer Contribution Account” means the Account maintained to record
a Participant’s allocations of Nonelective Employer Contributions, forfeitures, if any, and other
adjustments as required under Article V of the Plan.

          54. “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” or “Non-Highly Compensated Participant” means an
Employee of the Employer who is neither a Highly Compensated Employee nor a Family Member of a
Highly Compensated Employee.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-17

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, Non-Highly Compensated Employee means an
Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

          55. “One-Year Period of Service” means each 12 month Period of Service beginning on
the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.

          56. “One-Year Period of Severance” means each 12 consecutive month Period of
Severance, beginning on the Severance from Service Date.

          57. “Owner-Employee” means a Self-Employed Individual who owns the entire interest of
an Unincorporated Entity, or a partner who owns more than a 10% capital or profits interest in a
partnership.

               If this Plan provides contributions or benefits for one (1) or more Owner-Employees who
control both the business for which this Plan is established and one (1) or more other trades or
businesses, this Plan and any plans established for such other trades or businesses must, when
looked at as a single plan, satisfy Sections 401(a) and 401(d) of the Code for the employees of
this and all other such trades or businesses.

               If the Plan provides contributions or benefits for one (1) or more Owner-Employees who control
one (1) or more other trades or businesses, the employees of the other trades or businesses must be
included in a plan which satisfies Sections 401(a) and 401(d) of the Code and which provides
contributions and benefits not less favorable than provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

               If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee under the plans of two (2) or more trades or
businesses which are not controlled and the individual controls a trade or business, then the
contributions or benefits of the employees under the plan of the trade or business which are
controlled must be as favorable as those provided for him or her under the most favorable plan of
the trade or business which is not controlled.

               For purposes of the preceding paragraphs, an Owner-Employee, or two (2) or more
Owner-Employees, will be considered to control a trade or business if the Owner-Employee, or two
(2) or more Owner-Employees together:

               (a) Own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business; or

               (b) In the case of a partnership, own more than 50% of either the capital interest or the
profits interest in the partnership.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-18

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               For purposes subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph A.57, an
Owner-Employee or two (2) or more Owner-Employees shall be treated as owning any interest in a
partnership which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or
such two (2) or more Owner-Employees, are considered to control within the meaning of such
subparagraph (b).

               For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the preceding controlled group
provisions relating to Section 401(d) of the Code shall no longer apply.

          58. “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who enters the Plan and who has not
received payment of his or her total vested Accrued Benefit.

          59. “Period of Service” means a period beginning on the Employment Commencement Date
or, for a former Employee, the date on which he or she first performs an Hour of Service after
re-hire and ending with the Severance from Service Date.

          60. “Period of Severance” means a period during which an Employee does not perform an
Hour of Service, beginning on the Severance from Service Date and ending when an Employee again
performs an Hour of Service.

          61. “Plan” means this 401(k) Plan as identified in Article I.

          62. “Qualified Domestic Relations Order” means a judgment, decree or order (including
approval of a property settlement agreement) that (i) relates to the provision of child support,
alimony payments or marital property rights to an alternate payee; (ii) is made pursuant to a state
domestic relations law (including community property law); (iii) creates or recognizes the
existence of an alternate payee’s right, or assigns to an alternate payee the right, to receive all
or a portion of the benefits payable to the Participant under the Plan; (iv) specifies the
information required by Section 414(p) of the Code; (v) does not alter the amount or form of Plan
benefits; and (vi) complies with all other relevant provisions of Section 414(p) of the Code. For
such purposes, an “Alternate Payee” is a Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of
a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all or a
portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan.

          63. “Qualified Matching Contributions” means Matching Contributions, other than Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions or Simple 401(k) Contributions, that satisfy the vesting and
distribution requirements of Elective Contributions.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-19

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          64. “Qualified
Matching Contribution Account” means the account maintained to record separately a Participant's allocation of a Qualified Matching Contribution, and other adjustments as required under Article IV, V or X of the Plan.

          65. “Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions” means Employer contributions, other than Elective Contributions, Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Simple 401(k) Contributions, that satisfy the vesting and distribution requirements of Elective Contributions.

          66. “Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution Account” means the account maintained to record a Participant's allocation of Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, and other adjustments as required under Article IV, V or X of the Plan.

          67. “Qualifying Section 401(k) Contributions” means Elective Contributions in combination with Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions that are treated as Elective Contributions to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation.

          68. “Qualifying Section 401(m) Contributions” means Employee
After-Tax Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions in combination with Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions and Elective Contributions that are treated as Employee
After-Tax Contributions to satisfy the Contribution Percentage limitation.

          69. “REACT” means the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, as amended from time to time.

          70. “Rollover Contributions” means contributions within the meaning of Section 402(c),
403(a)(4) or 408(d)(3) of the Code.

          71. “Rollover Contribution Account” means the account maintained to record a
Participant’s Rollover Contribution and other adjustments as required in Article X of the Plan.

          72. “Safe Harbor Matching Contributions” means Matching Contributions made to this
Plan, or to another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, to satisfy the Average
Deferred Percentage limitation or Average Contribution limitation that are (i) fully vested; (ii)
subject to the withdrawal restrictions of Elective Contributions but not available to hardship
withdrawals; and (iii) used to satisfy the allocation requirements of Section 401(k)(12)(B) of the
Code and the notice requirements of Section 401(k)(12)(D) of the Code without regard to Section
401(l) of the Code. For

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-20

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999, if Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are made
to another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, such plan must have the same Plan
Year as this Plan.

               The rate of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions allocated to Participants can not increase as a
Participant’s rate of Elective Contributions increase. The rate of Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions allocation to Non-Highly Compensated Participants must at all times be equal to the
rate of Matching Contributions, including Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, allocated to Highly
Compensated Participants.

          73. “Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account” means the account maintained to record
the Participant’s Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and any other adjustments as required under
Article IV, V or X of the Plan.

          74. “Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions” means Nonelective Employer
Contributions made to this Plan, or to another defined contribution plan maintained by the
Employer, to satisfy the Actual Deferred Percentage limitation, that are (i) fully vested; (ii)
subject to the withdrawal restrictions of Elective Contributions but not available for hardship
withdrawals; and (iii) used to satisfy the allocation requirements of Section 401(k)(12)(C) of the
Code and the notice requirements of Section 401(k)(12)(D) of the Code without regard to Section
401(l) of the Code. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999, if Safe Harbor Nonelective
Employer Contributions are made to another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer,
such plan must have the same Plan Year as this Plan.

          75. “Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution Account” means the account
maintained to record the Participant’s Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions and any other
adjustments as required under Article IV, V or X of the Plan.

          76. “Section 415 Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant, the greatest of
(a), (b) or (c) below:

               (a) Information required to be reported under Sections 6041, 6051, and 6052 of the Code
(wages, tips and other compensation as reported on form W-2). Compensation is defined as wages
within the meaning of Section 3401(a) of the Code and all other payments of compensation to an
Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or business) for which the Employer
is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and
6052 of the Code. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Section 3401(a)
of the Code that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the
employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Section
3401(a)(2) of the Code).

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-21

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (b) Wages as defined in Section 3401(a) of the Code for the purpose of income tax withholding
but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on
the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in Section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

               (c) A Participant’s wages, salaries, and fees for professional services, and other amounts
received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer
maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salesmen, compensation for
services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,
fringe benefits, and reimbursement or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan. The
following items are excluded from Section 415 Compensation under this subparagraph (c):

                    (i) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not included in the
Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed or Employer contributions under a
simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee,
or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

                    (ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when restricted
stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject
to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

                    (iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a
qualified stock option; and

                    (iv) Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer
(whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described in
Section 403(b) of the Code (whether or not the amounts are actually excludable from the gross
income of the Employee).

               If the Employee is a Self-Employed Individual, his or her Section 415 Compensation includes
his or her Earned Income derived from the trade or business for which the Plan is established.

               Effective for years beginning after December 31, 1997, Section 415 Compensation shall include
any Elective Deferrals and any amount deferred by an Employee which is not includable in gross
income by reasons of Section 125 or 457 of the Code.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-22

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          77. “Self-Employed Individual” means a person who has Earned Income for the taxable
year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established and includes an individual who
would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no Net Profits for the
taxable year.

          78. “Severance from Service Date” means the date which is the earlier of the date on
which an Employee voluntarily leaves (quits) employment, retires, is discharged or dies, or the
first anniversary of the first date the Employee is absent for any other reason. However, for
purposes of Maternity or Paternity Leave of Absence, Severance from Service Date of an Employee who
is absent beyond the first anniversary of such absence means the second anniversary of the first
date of such absence. The period between the first and second anniversary of a Maternity or
Paternity Leave of Absence is neither a Period of Service nor a Period of Severance.

          79. “Shareholder-Employee” means an employee of a subchapter S corporation (Section
1361, et seq., of the Code) who owns more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding
stock of such corporation.

          80. “Simple 401(k) Contributions” means Matching Contributions that satisfy the
allocation requirements of Section 401(k)(11)(B)(i)(II) of the Code or Nonelective Employer
Contributions that satisfy the allocation requirements of Section 401(k)(11)(B)(ii) of the Code.
Simple 401(k) Contributions must satisfy the administrative and notice requirements of Section
401(k)(11)(B)(iii) of the Code and the fully vested requirements of Section 408(p)(3) of the Code.

          81. “Simple 401(k) Contribution Account” means the account maintained to record the
Participant’s Simple 401(k) Contributions and any other adjustments as required under Article IV, V
or X of the Plan.

          82. “Simple 401(k) Plan” means a plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section
401(k)(11) of the Code. If the Employer elects in Article I that this Plan is intended to satisfy
the requirements of a Simple 401(k) Plan, Employees covered under this Plan shall not be eligible
to participate under any other plan maintained by the Employer. Except as stated below, if an
Employer employs more than 100 Employees who earn at least $5,000 of Section 415 Compensation
during the prior year, such Employer shall not be eligible to maintain a Simple 401(k) Plan. A
Simple 401(k) Plan must have a calendar year as its Plan Year.

               An eligible Employer that maintains a Simple 401(k) Plan and later fails to be an eligible
Employer for any subsequent year, shall be treated as an eligible Employer for the two (2) years
following the last year the Employer was an eligible Employer. If the failure is due to any
acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-23

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

involving an eligible Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of
Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) of the Code are satisfied.

               If this Plan is a Simple 401(k) Plan as elected in Article I, the Employer shall be required
to make Simple 401(k) Contributions as described in Article I. No other contributions may be made
to the Plan other than Elective Contributions and Simple 401(k) Contributions and to the extent
that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provision of a Simple 401(k) Plan,
the provisions of the Simple 401(k) Plan shall apply.

          83. “Single Employer Plan” means a plan maintained by one (1) Employer, or a plan
maintained by more than one (1) Employer, all of which are members of a Controlled Group, and which
is designed to comply with the provisions of Sections 413(c), 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m) of the Code
and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

          84. “Social Security Retirement Age” means age 65 for a Participant born before
January 1, 1938; age 66 for a Participant born after December 31, 1937 and before January 1, 1955;
and age 67 for a Participant born after December 31, 1954.

          85. “Social Security Wage Base” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the maximum
amount of earnings which may be considered wages under Section 3121(a) of the Code for the calendar
year in which falls the beginning of such Plan Year as in effect on the first day of such Plan
Year.

          86. “TEFRA” means the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982, as amended
from time to time.

          87. “Top Paid Group” means the group consisting of the top 20% of the Employees when
ranked on the basis of Section 415 Compensation during either the Look-Back Year or the calendar
year beginning with or within the Look-Back Year as selected in Article I.

          Employees described in Section 414(q)(5) of the Code and Q&A 9(b) of Section
1.414(q)-1T of the Regulations are included or excluded to the extent provided in Article I.

          88. “TRA ‘86” means the Tax Reform Act of 1986, as amended from time to time.

          89. “Total Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be
expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-24

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as determined by a licensed physician
selected or approved by the Committee, or such other definition as elected in Article I.

          90. “Transferred Benefits Account” means the Account maintained to record a
Participant’s Transferred Benefit, forfeitures, if any, and other adjustments required under
Article IV, V or X of the Plan.

          91. “Trust” means the Trust Agreement entered into between the Employer and the
Trustee. A Trust may include a custodial agreement or insurance contract, if applicable.

          92. “Trustee” means the trustee(s) named under the Trust or any successor Trustee
named in a written instrument of the Board.

          93. “Unincorporated Entity” means a sole proprietorship or a partnership.

          94. “Vesting Computation Period” means the 12 consecutive month period ending on the
last day of the Plan Year that includes an Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and the last day
of each subsequent Plan Year.

               If elected in Article I or if the elapsed time method is selected in Article I, Vesting
Computation Period means each 12 consecutive month period beginning on the Employee’s Employment
Commencement Date and any subsequent 12 consecutive month period commencing on any anniversary date
of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.

          95. “Year of Service” means an Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation
Period during which an Employee completes 1,000 or more Hours of Service or such lesser amount, if
elected in Article I, with the Employer. With respect to any Eligibility Computation Period and
any Vesting Computation Period, Hours of Service with any member of a Controlled Group shall be
credited to the relevant Computation Period. Unless elected otherwise in Article I, for purposes
of eligibility and vesting, if a Plan Year is less than 12 months and an Employee has less than
1,000 Hours of Service during such short Plan Year but has completed 1,000 Hours of Service or such
lesser amount, if elected in Article I, during the 12 consecutive month period ending on the last
day of such short Plan Year, the Employee will be credited with one (1) Year of Service for the
Plan Year. If such Plan Year is not an Eligibility Computation Period for an Employee, the
preceding sentence shall not apply for eligibility purposes.

               For purposes of the elapsed time method, a “Year of Service” means a One-Year Period of
Service with the Employer. An Employee will receive

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-25

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

credit for the aggregate of all time period(s) commencing with the Employee’s Employment
Commencement Date or the date such Employee is credited with an Hour of Service upon re-employment
and ending on the date a One-Year Period of Severance begins. An Employee will also receive credit
for any Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months. Fractional portions of a year will
be expressed in terms of days.

     B. Terms Not Defined in Article I and II of this Plan. The following terms are defined in the
Paragraphs and Articles specified below.

               1. Annuity Starting Date — See Paragraph A.1 of Article VII.

               2. Determination Date — See Paragraph A.1 of Article VIII.

               3. Election Period — See Paragraph A.2 of Article VII.

               4. Key Employee — See Paragraph A.2 of Article VIII.

               5. Non-Key Employee — See Paragraph A.3 of Article VIII.

               6. Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity — See Paragraph A.3 of Article VII.

               7. Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity — See Paragraph A.4 of Article VII.

               8. Required and Permissive Aggregation Groups — See Paragraphs A.6 and B of Article
VIII.

               9. Spouse or Surviving Spouse — See Paragraph A.5 of
Article VII.

               10. Top-heavy Group — See Paragraph A.5 of Article VIII.

               11. Top-heavy Plan — See Paragraph A.4 of Article VIII.

               12. Transferred Benefits — See Paragraph A.6 of Article
VII.

               13. Waiver Election — See Paragraph A.7 of Article VII.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	II-26

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

III. PARTICIPATION AND MEMBERSHIP

     A. Participation Date. Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant on the Entry Date
specified in Article I if he or she is employed on such Entry Date.

          1. Vested Participants. Any vested Participant who terminates employment and who is
subsequently re-employed, shall be readmitted as a Participant as of the first day or his or her
re-employment.

          2. Non-Vested Participants. Any non-vested Participant who terminates employment and
who is subsequently re-employed shall be considered a new Employee, and must again satisfy the
requirements to become an Eligible Employee if his or her period of consecutive one-year
Breaks-in-Service equals or exceeds the greater of (i) five (5); or (ii) the aggregate number of
Years of Service completed before such termination of employment. If such former Participant is
not considered a new Employee pursuant to this Paragraph A.2, such former Participant shall
participate in the Plan immediately upon his or her re-employment.

          3. Employee Not a Participant. Any Employee who terminates employment prior to his or
her Entry Date, but after satisfying the eligibility requirements of Article I, and who is re-hired
prior to incurring five (5) consecutive Breaks-in-Service shall become a Participant on the later
of (i) his or her date of re-employment; or (ii) the first Entry Date following the date he or she
becomes an Eligible Employee. If this Plan provides for immediate full vesting of all Accounts,
then an Employee who did not satisfy the Plan’s service requirement and has incurred a one-year

Break-in-Service shall have his or her prior service disregarded. Any Employee who terminates
employment prior to his or her Entry Date and who is re-hired after incurring five (5) consecutive
Breaks-in-Service shall be considered a new Employee.

          4. Change in Employment Status. Any Employee who is not a member of an eligible class
of employees and becomes a member of an eligible class will participate immediately if such
Employee would have otherwise previously become a Participant.

               If a Participant becomes an Inactive Participant and has not incurred a one-year
Break-in-Service, such Employee will participate immediately upon returning to an eligible class of
employees. If such Participant incurs a one-year
Break-in-Service, eligibility will be determined under the Break-in-Service rules of this
Article III.

     B. Leave of Absence. For purposes of eligibility, no Employee shall be deemed to have
suffered a Break-in-Service if his or her employment is interrupted because such Employee has been
on a Leave of Absence. For purposes of eligibility, a Break-in-Service

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE III

	 	II-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

shall not be deemed to have
occurred while an Employee is a member of the armed forces of the United States, provided that he
or she returns to the service of the Employer within 90 days (or such longer period as may be
prescribed by law) from the date he or she first became entitled to his or her discharge.

     C. Enrollment. The Employer shall, from time to time as requested by the Committee, provide a
list of all of its Employees, their names and ages, the number of Hours of Service completed by
each during the current Plan Year or other applicable Computation Period, their dates of hire, and
any additional information the Committee may require. The Committee shall determine from such
lists which Employees are Eligible Employees and their Entry Dates for participation under the
Plan.

     D. Omission of Eligible Employee. If, in any Plan Year, any Employee who should be included
as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted or an error caused a Participant to be credited
with less than his or her full allocation, the Committee shall determine the amounts (or additional
amounts) which should have been credited to such Participant’s Account. To correct any such error
or omission, the correct amount may be deducted from forfeitures and/or earnings prior to
allocating such amounts to other Participants in lieu of adjusting Accounts of other Participants.
In addition to (or instead of) the preceding adjustment, the Employer may make a special
contribution including earnings to correct any such error or omission.

     E. Inclusion of Ineligible Employee. If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have
been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect
inclusion is not made until after an Employer contribution for the relevant Plan Year(s) has been
made, the amount contributed, as adjusted with earnings or losses if necessary, with respect to the
ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the Plan Year in which the discovery is made.
Any Employee After-Tax Contributions or Elective Contributions made by an ineligible Employee
adjusted with earnings or losses, if necessary, shall be returned to the Employee.

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE II

	 	III-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

IV. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

     A. In General. For each Plan Year in which this Plan is in effect, the Employer shall make
contributions to the Trust in one (1) or more installments in such amounts, if any, as provided in
Article I; provided that (i) the Plan Year for which each contribution is made shall be designated
at the time of the contribution or upon the income tax return of the Employer for any relevant Plan
Year; (ii) no contribution to this Plan for any Plan Year shall exceed an amount which the Employer
estimates will be deductible under Sections 404(a) and 404(j) of the Code; (iii) no contribution
for any Plan Year shall cause the limitations on the Annual Addition of any Participant to be
exceeded for such Plan Year; and (iv) no contribution shall be made for any Participant who did not
complete a Year of Service during the relevant Plan Year unless Article I provides otherwise.

          For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, contributions made to an Owner-Employee may
be made only from such Owner-Employee’s Earned Income derived from the trade or business for which
the Plan is established.

     B. Special Make-up Contribution. A previously forfeited Account Balance shall be restored in
accordance with Article I.

     C. Corrective Contributions. Subject to all applicable limitations of the Code, the Employer
may make additional contributions to the Plan as needed to correct any errors in administration
which may occur from time to time. Such corrective contributions shall be limited to the extent
necessary (including earnings as applicable) to place affected Participants in the position they
would have been in but for such error or errors, and shall be allocated to the account or accounts
from which the error was made, subject to all rules and procedures otherwise applicable to such
Accounts.

     D. Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings (401(k)) Contributions. The provisions of this
Paragraph D shall apply to contributions made pursuant to the cash or deferred feature of the Plan.

          1. Qualifying Section 401(k) Contributions. The Employer intends that all Qualifying
Employer Contributions shall satisfy all of the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code and the
Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder as constituting a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement. Each Participant shall be fully vested in his or her Qualifying Section 401(k)
Contributions at all times.

          2. Participant Elective Contributions. As permitted in Paragraph H.2 of Article I, a
Participant may elect to reduce and defer the receipt of his or her Compensation, the Employer
shall reduce such Participant’s Compensation in the
elected amount through payroll withholding and contribute to the Plan on behalf of each such
electing Participant an amount equal to the Compensation to be reduced and

	 	 	 
	ARTICLE IV

	 	IV-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

deferred. A
Participant’s Elective Contributions shall be credited to his or her Elective Contribution Account,
and generally will be paid by the Employer to the Plan no later than the 15th business
day following the month in which the amount was withheld from the Participant’s payroll.

          3. Changes in Elective Contributions. A Participant may suspend his or her Elective
Contributions at any time. The rules and procedures for allowing Participants to defer and reduce
their Compensation under Paragraph H.2 of Article I and this Paragraph D.3 and to decrease (or
increase) such reductions and deferrals shall be established by the Committee, in its sole
discretion; provided, however, that the Committee shall exercise its discretion in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner. If this Plan provides for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, a
Participant shall have a reasonable opportunity and a reasonable period of time to increase,
decrease, or resume his or her Elective Contributions. A 30 day period shall be deemed a
reasonable period of time.

          4. Simple 401(k) Plans. If this is a Simple 401(k) Plan, in addition to any other
election periods, each Employee may make or modify his or her salary reduction election during the
60-day period immediately preceding each January 1. If the Employee elects to suspend his or her
Elective Contributions during the Plan Year, the Committee may require the Employee to wait until
the beginning of the next Plan Year before he or she may resume his or her Elective Contributions.
The Employer shall notify each Eligible Employee of his or her election rights prior to the 60-day
election period and shall indicate the type and amount of the Simple 401(k) Contribution to be
made.

     E. Actual Deferral Percentage Limitation. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1,
1997, the amount of Qualifying Section 401(k) Contributions made on behalf of the group consisting
of Highly Compensated Employees shall not result in an Actual Deferral Percentage that exceeds the
greater of:

          1. The Actual Deferral Percentage limitation for the group of Eligible Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for
the group of Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year
multiplied by 1.25; or

          2. The Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Eligible Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for
Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by two
(2), and provided that the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Eligible Participants who
are Highly Compensated
Employees does not exceed the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Eligible
Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees by more than two (2)

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

percentage points or
such lesser amounts as prescribed to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with
respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.

               For Plan Years, beginning after December 31, 1996, the amount of Qualifying Section 401(k)
Contributions made on behalf of the group consisting of Highly Compensated Employees shall not
result in an Actual Deferral Percentage that exceeds the greater of the following:

               (a) The Actual Deferral Percentage limitation for the group of Eligible Participants who are
Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the Actual Deferral
Percentage for the group of Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
current or preceding Plan Year as elected in Article I multiplied by 1.25; or

               (b) The Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of Eligible Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Deferral Percentage
for Eligible Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the current or preceding Plan Year as elected in Article
I, multiplied by two (2), and provided that the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of
Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Actual Deferral
Percentage for the group of Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
current or preceding Plan Year, as elected in Article I, by more than two (2) percentage points or
such lesser amount as prescribed to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with
respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.

               For the first Plan Year in which the Plan (other than a successor plan) provides for a cash or
deferred arrangement, the Actual Deferral Percentage of eligible Non-Highly Compensated Employees
under the prior year testing method shall be the greater of three percent (3%) or the Actual
Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the first Plan Year.

               If the Plan provides for the prior year testing method, the Actual Deferral Percentage shall
be determined without regard to changes in the group of Non-Highly Compensated Employees who are
Eligible Participants during the testing year.

               An Elective Contribution, Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution or Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution will be taken into account under the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation
for the Plan Year only if it is allocated to the Employee as of any date within the Plan Year. An
Elective Contribution, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution and Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
is considered allocated
as of any date within a Plan Year if the allocation is not contingent on participation or
performance of services after such date and the Elective Contribution is actually paid to

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

the Trust
no later than 12 months after the close of the Plan Year to which such contributions relate.
Additionally, an Elective Contribution must relate to Compensation that either would have been
received by the Employee during the Plan Year, except for the Employee election to defer, or is
attributable to the performance of services during the Plan Year that would have become payable
within 21/2 months after the close of the Plan Year, except for the Employee election to defer.

     F. Safe Harbor Contributions. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, if the
Employer provides for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions during a Plan Year that satisfy the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code,
the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation shall be deemed satisfied for such Plan Year provided
that:

          1. If Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are
made to the Plan to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation or the Average Contribution
Percentage for a Plan Year, such Plan shall be required to use the current year testing method for
Non-Highly Compensated Participants in any Plan Year in which Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions are made. Such contributions, like Elective
Contributions and Matching Contributions, shall be subject to rules relating to changes from
current year testing to prior year testing, and the anti-abuse provisions of Section VIII of IRS
Notice 98-1.

          2. Any Compensation definition elected in Article I must state a uniform definition of
Compensation and comply with Section 414(s) of the Code and Section 1.414(s)-1 of the Treasury
Regulations; provided, however, the last sentence of Section 1.414(s)-1(d)(2)(iii) of the Treasury
Regulations pertaining to compensation above a specified dollar amount shall not apply to a
Non-Highly Compensated Employee.

          3. A plan year must be a 12 consecutive month period or if the Plan is a newly established
plan (other than a successor plan within the meaning of IRS Notice 98-1), a period of at least
three (3) consecutive months (or, a shorter period if the Employer is a newly established Employer
and this Plan is established as soon as administratively feasible after the establishment of the
Employer). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the case of a cash or deferred arrangement
that is added to an existing profit-sharing, stock bonus, or pre-ERISA money purchase pension plan
for the first time during a plan year, the requirements of Section V of Notice 98-52 will be
treated as being satisfied for the entire plan year and the cash or deferred arrangement will not
be treated as failing to satisfy the requirements of Section X of Notice 98-52, provided (i) the
plan is not a successor plan (within the meaning of IRS Notice 98-1), (ii)
the cash or deferred arrangement is made effective no later than three (3) months prior to the
end of the plan year, and (iii) the requirements of Safe Harbor Nonelective

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Contributions or Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions are satisfied for the period from the effective date of the cash or
deferred arrangement to the end of the plan year.

     4. To satisfy the notice requirements in regard to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe
Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions, the notice given by the Committee to Employees must be
sufficiently accurate and comprehensive to inform the Employee of his or her rights and obligations
under the Plan and must be written in a manner that can be understood by the average Employee
eligible to participate in the Plan.

               The notice must accurately describe (i) the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula or Safe
Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution formula used under the Plan (including a description of
the level of Matching Contributions, if any, available under the Plan); (ii) any other
contributions under the Plan (including Nonelective Employer Contributions and discretionary
Matching Contributions), the condition and allocation requirements to receive such contributions;
(iii) the Plan to which safe harbor contributions will be made if other than this Plan; (iv) the
type and amount of Compensation that may be deferred under the Plan; (v) how to make a cash
deferred election, including any administrative requirements that apply to Elective Contributions;
(vi) the periods available under the Plan for making cash or deferred elections; and (vii)
withdrawal and vesting provisions pertaining to each contribution made under the Plan.

               A plan will not fail to satisfy the content requirement of (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vii) of the
preceding paragraph if the notice instead cross-references the relevant portions of an up-to-date
summary plan description that has been provided (or concurrently is provided) to the Employee.
However, the notice must still accurately describe (i) the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or
Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution formula used under the Plan (including a description of the
levels of Matching Contributions, if any, available under the Plan) and state that these
contributions (as well as Elective Contributions) are fully vested when made and (ii) how to make
Elective Contributions (including any administrative requirements that apply to such elections) and
the periods available under the Plan for making such elections. In addition, the notice must also
provide information that makes it easy for Eligible Employees to obtain additional information
about the Plan (including an additional copy of the summary plan description) such as telephone
numbers, addresses and, if applicable, electronic addresses, of the individuals or offices from
whom Employees can obtain such plan information.

               Such notice may be given through an electronic medium if reasonably accessible to the
Employee, provided that (i) the system under which the
electronic notice is provided is reasonably designed to provide the notice in a manner no less
understandable to the Employee than a written paper document, and (ii) at the

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

time the electronic
notice is given, the Employee is advised that he or she may request and obtain a written paper
document at no charge.

               For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2000, a Plan shall not fail the notice
requirements because all items listed above are not included, provided that such notice satisfies a
good faith interpretation of the requirements of Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) of the Code.

               The notice requirements must be given within a reasonable time before the beginning of each
Plan Year (or, if an Employee becomes eligible after the preceding notice has been given, within a
reasonable period before the Employee is eligible). If the notice is given at least 30 days and no
more than 90 days before the beginning of each Plan Year, the notice requirements shall be deemed
timely. If an Employee became eligible to participate after the 90th day before the
beginning of the Plan Year, notice shall be deemed timely if given to such Employee no more than 90
days before he or she becomes eligible to participate and no later than the Employee’s Entry Date.
The preceding sentence shall also apply for a new established 401(k) Plan.

               If the Plan provides safe harbor contributions for the first time for the Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 1999 but before June 2, 2000, the notice shall be deemed timely if given by May
1, 2000. For the Plan Year beginning on or before April 1, 1999, the notice shall be deemed timely
if given on or before March 1, 1999, provided that all other safe harbor provisions are complied
with for the entire Plan Year.

          5. Any Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula elected in Article I must, at any rate of
Elective Contributions, provide an aggregate amount of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to
Non-Highly Compensated Participants at least equal to the aggregate amount of Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions that would have been provided under Section 401(k)(12)(B)(i) of the Code.

          6. For Plan Years beginning after September 30, 2003 or such other date required by the
Internal Revenue Service, safe harbor provisions under Section 401(k)(12) of the Code must be
adopted prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which such provisions became effective.

               Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if the Plan provides for the current year testing
method for the Actual Deferral Percentage and the Average Contribution Percentage, if applicable,
the Plan may be amended to provide Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions as late as 30
days prior to the last day of the Plan Year if Eligible Employees receive notice prior to the
beginning of such Plan
Year that the Employer may provide Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions of at least
three percent (3%) of Compensation. If the Employer does provide for Safe

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-6

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Harbor Nonelective
Employer Contributions, the notice requirements of subparagraph F.4 above shall apply and Eligible
Employees must be given a supplemental notice at least 30 days before the end of the Plan Year that
Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions of at least three percent (3%) of Compensation will
be made.

          7. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions shall
not be used as Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions.

          8. If Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions are
provided in another defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, any Eligible Employee
under the plan that provides for a cash or deferred arrangement must be an Eligible Employee under
the plan that provides for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions cannot be used to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of Notice 98-52 Section V.B
with respect to more than one plan.

     G. Simple 401(k) Plans. If this Plan is a Simple 401(k) Plan, the Actual Deferral
Percentage limitation shall be deemed satisfied provided that the following additional notice
requirements are satisfied:

          1. Each Participant may elect, during the 60 day period immediately preceding each January
1st (and 60 days before the first day an Employee is first eligible to participate), to
increase, decrease, or resume his or her Elective Contributions.

          2. The Committee shall notify each Participant within a reasonable period of time prior to the
60-day election period that an Employee can modify his or her election to defer and the Employee’s
rights to participate under the Plan. If an Employee becomes eligible after the 60-day election
period, the 60-day election period shall be deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a
salary reduction election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the Employee becomes
eligible to participate or the day before the Employee’s Entry Date.

          3. If the Employer maintained this Plan during 1997, prior to adopting Simple 401(k) Plan
provisions, then contributions made prior to the adoption of Simple 401(k) Plan provisions shall be
treated as Simple 401(k) Contributions only if (i) the Employer adopts the Simple 401(k) Plan
provisions by July 1, 1997, effective as of January 1, 1997; (ii) the salary reduction
contributions for the year made prior to adoption of the amendment do not total more than $6,000
for any Employee; (iii) the
other contributions set forth in Article I are of inherently equal or greater value than the
contributions required under the Plan prior to the amendment; and (iv) for 1997, the 60-

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-7

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

day
election period requirement described above is deemed satisfied if the Employee may make or modify
a salary reduction election during a 60-day election period that begins no later than 30 days after
the adoption of Simple 401(k) Plan provisions but in no event later than July 1, 1997.

          4. If this Plan is a newly established 401(k) plan containing Simple 401(k) Plan provisions as
elected in Article I, the Employer may make it effective as of any date during the Plan Year, but
in no event later than October 1st of the year in which adopted. Except as described in
Paragraph G.3 above, an Employer amending an existing 401(k) plan to provide for Simple 401(k) Plan
provisions must make such provisions effective as of the following January 1st.

     H. Limitation on Elective Deferrals. The Trust shall not receive any Elective Deferrals
made by an Employee to this Plan and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer in
any calendar year which exceed $7,000 ($10,000 for 1999) for the Employee’s taxable year beginning
in such calendar year. If this is a Simple 401(k) Plan the limitation is $6,000 (including 1999)
and the amount of Elective Contributions must be expressed as a percentage of Compensation. If
Elective Deferrals in excess of the permitted amounts are mistakenly deposited into the Trust, the
correction procedures of Paragraph M of this Article IV shall apply.

          The above dollar limitations shall be adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as
Section 415(d) of the Code, except the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30,
1996, and any increase under this Paragraph H which is not a multiple of $500 shall be rounded to
the next lowest multiple of $500.

     I. Reserved.

     J. Correction of Excess Contributions.

          1. Return of Excess Contributions. If the Committee determines that for any Plan Year
the maximum aggregate Actual Deferral Percentage of Qualifying Section 401(k) Contributions made by
or on behalf of the group consisting of Highly Compensated Employees has been exceeded, the
Committee may reduce by corrective distribution to the extent necessary the amount of Excess
Contributions made to the group consisting of Highly Compensated Employees to satisfy the Actual
Deferral Percentage limitation. The Committee shall designate such distributions to Highly
Compensated Employees as Excess Contributions and allowable income thereof which shall be
distributed to the appropriate Highly Compensated Employees after the close of the Plan Year but
not later than 12 months after the close of the Plan Year.

               For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997, the determination of corrective
distributions shall be made in accordance with this

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-8

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

paragraph. The Committee shall reduce to the
extent necessary the amount of the Excess Contributions for each member of the Highly Compensated
Group by reducing the actual deferral ratios of the Highly Compensated Employees who have the
highest actual deferral ratios to the maximum acceptable level. This is accomplished by the
following reduction. First, the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest actual deferral ratio is reduced to the extent necessary to satisfy the Actual Deferral
Percentage limitation or cause such ratio to equal the actual deferral ratio of the Highly
Compensated Employee with the next highest ratio. Second, this process is repeated until the
Actual Deferral Percentage limitation is satisfied. The amount of Excess Contributions for each
Highly Compensated Employee is equal to the total of Elective Contributions and other contributions
taken into account for the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation prior to reduction minus the
product of the Employee’s actual deferral ratio, after reduction as determined above, multiplied by
his or her Compensation.

          2. Application of Family Aggregation Rules. If a Highly Compensated Employee’s actual
deferral ratio is determined under the family aggregation rules, then the reduction of the amount
of his or her Excess Contributions shall be made in accordance with this paragraph. The actual
deferral ratio shall be reduced in accordance with the same leveling method described in Paragraph
J.1 of this Article IV. The resulting Excess Contributions for the family group shall be allocated
among the Family Members in proportion to the Elective Contributions of each Family Member that are
combined to determine the actual deferral ratio.

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the determination of corrective
distributions shall be made as follows:

               Step 1. The Committee shall calculate the dollar amount of Excess Contributions for
each affected Highly Compensated Employee in the same manner as the ratio leveling method described
in the second paragraph of Paragraph J.1 of this Article IV.

               Step 2. The Committee shall determine the total of the dollar amounts calculated in
step 1 (“total Excess Contributions”).

               Step 3. The Elective Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest
dollar amount of Elective Contributions are reduced by the amount required to cause such Highly
Compensated Employee’s Elective Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Elective
Contributions of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar amount of Elective
Contributions. This amount is then distributed to the Highly Compensated Employee with the
highest dollar amount of Excess Contributions. However, if a lesser reduction,

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-9

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

when added to the
total dollar amount already described under this step, would equal the total Excess Contributions,
the lesser reduction amount is distributed.

               Step 4. If the total amount distributed is less than the total Excess Contributions,
step 3 is repeated.

               If the above distributions are made, the cash or deferred arrangement is treated as meeting
the non-discrimination test of Section 401(k)(3) of the Code regardless of whether the Actual
Deferral Percentage, if recalculated after such distributions, would satisfy Section 401(k)(3) of
the Code.

          3. Corrections by Additional Contributions. The Employer may in its sole discretion
and subject to the limitation contained in Article V of the Plan, make additional Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions that are treated as Elective
Contributions and which in combination with the Elective Contributions, satisfy the Actual Deferral
Percentage limitation. Such Nonelective Employer Contributions and Qualified Matching
Contributions must be nonforfeitable as of the date made and subject to the same distribution
restrictions that apply to Elective Contributions. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions
and Qualified Matching Contributions which are treated as Elective Contributions must satisfy these
requirements without regard to whether they are actually taken into account as Elective
Contributions. A Qualified Matching Contribution is not treated as forfeited merely because the
contribution to which it relates is an Excess Deferral, or Excess Contribution thereby causing
forfeiture of such Qualified Matching Contribution.

          4. Additional Requirements. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions and
Qualified Matching Contributions which are treated as Elective Contributions must satisfy the
following additional requirements:

               (a) The Nonelective Employer Contributions, including Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions, must satisfy the requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and, for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1993, must satisfy Section 1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2) of the Treasury
Regulations.

               (b) The Nonelective Employer Contributions, excluding Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions treated as Elective Contributions for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage
limitation and Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions treated as Matching Contributions for
purposes of the Contribution Percentage limitation, must satisfy the requirements of Section
401(a)(4) of the Code and, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993, must satisfy Section
1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-10

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (c) Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions made for
the Plan Year must satisfy the allocation requirements of Elective Contributions.

               (d) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the plan that takes Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions into account in determining
whether Elective Contributions satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation must have the same
Plan Year as the plan or plans to which the Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions were made. If the Plan Year is changed to satisfy this
requirement, such contributions may be taken into account during the short Plan Year if they
satisfy the allocation requirements of Elective Contributions.

               (e) If the Employer has elected to apply the prior year testing method to calculate the Actual
Deferral Percentage limitation, Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions must be made no later than twelve (12) months following the last day of the Plan Year
preceding the current Plan Year to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation. If the
Employer has elected to apply the current year testing method to calculate the Actual Deferral
Percentage limitation, Qualified Matching Contributions or Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions must be made no later than twelve (12) months following the close of the current Plan
Year to satisfy the Actual Deferral limitation.

          5. Recharacterization of Excess Contributions. If Article I allows for Employee
After-Tax Contributions, the Committee may recharacterize Excess Contributions as Employee
After-Tax Contributions. Such recharacterized contributions shall remain subject to the
nonforfeitable requirements and distribution limitations that apply to Elective Contributions. The
Committee cannot recharacterize any Excess Contributions after 21/2 months after the close of the
Plan Year. Further Excess Contributions will not be recharacterized with respect to a Highly
Compensated Employee to the extent that the recharacterized amounts, in combination with Employee
After-Tax Contributions actually made by the Employee, exceeds a maximum amount of Employee
After-Tax Contributions that the Employee is permitted to make under the Plan in the absence of
recharacterization determined prior to the application of the Contribution Percentage limitation.
Such recharacterized amounts will be considered as Annual Additions under the limitations imposed
by Section 415 of the Code and shall be subject to Section 401(m) of the Code. The same leveling
method and family aggregation rules as described with respect to the return of Excess Contributions
to Highly Compensated Employees shall apply to this corrective procedure.

               The amount of Excess Contributions to be recharacterized for a Plan Year shall not exceed the
amount of Elective Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employee.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-11

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          6. Correction of Excess Contributions by Reduction Prior to the End of the Plan Year.
If the Committee determines that the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation is being exceeded during
a Plan Year, the Committee may suspend the group of Highly Compensated Employees’ future Elective
Deferrals of Qualifying 401(k) Contributions for such Plan Year to enable the Plan to satisfy the
Actual Deferral Percentage limitation. The Committee shall give notice to such Employees of the
amount to be suspended.

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the determination of the reduction shall be
made either in accordance with the dollar leveling method used for reduction of Excess
Contributions or on a pro rata basis if elected in Article I.

               For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997, the determination of the reduction shall be
made either in accordance with the same leveling method and family aggregation rules used for the
reduction of Excess Contributions or on a pro rata basis as elected in Article I.

     K. Coordination of Excess Contributions with Excess Deferrals. The amount of Excess
Contributions to be distributed or recharacterized with respect to Highly Compensated Employees
shall be reduced by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such Employee for the Employee’s
taxable year ending in such Plan Year.

     L. Income Allowable to Excess Contribution. The distribution of Excess Contributions shall
include the income allocated thereto. The income allocable to Excess Contributions is determined
by applying the same method as used for the correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions described
in Paragraph J of Article X.

     M. Correction of Excess Deferrals. Not later than the first April 15th after
the close of the Employee’s taxable year, the Employee must notify the Committee of each Plan under
which deferrals were made, how much Excess Deferrals were received by such plan and each plan may
distribute to the Employee the amount of Excess Deferrals plus any earnings thereof. An Employee
may receive a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals during the same taxable year. A
corrective distribution may be made only if all of the following conditions are satisfied:

          1. The Employee designates the distribution as an Excess Deferral. An Employee is deemed to
have designated the distribution as an Excess Deferral to the
extent the Employee has Excess Deferrals for the taxable year, taking into account only
Elective Deferrals under this Plan and any other plan maintained by the Employer.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-12

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          2. The corrective distribution is made after the date in which the plan received the Excess
Deferral.

          3. The plan designates the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals.

     N. Income Allowable to Excess Deferrals. The distribution of Excess Deferrals shall
include the income allocated thereto. The income allocable to Excess Deferrals for the taxable
year is determined by applying the same method as used for correction of Excess Aggregate
Contributions described in Paragraph J of Article X.

     O. Coordination of Excess Deferrals with Distribution or Recharacterization of Excess
Contributions. The amount of Excess Deferrals that may be distributable with respect to an
Employee for a taxable year shall be reduced by any Excess Contributions previously distributed or
recharacterized with respect to such Employee for the Plan Year beginning with or within such
taxable year. In the event of reduction under this Paragraph O, the amount of Excess Contributions
included in the gross income of the Employee and reported by the Employer as a distribution of
Excess Contributions shall be reduced by the amount of the reduction under this paragraph. The
amount of the reduction under this Paragraph O shall be reported as a distribution of Excess
Deferrals. In no case may an Employee receive from the Plan as a corrective distribution for a
taxable year an Excess Deferral which exceeds the Employee’s total Elective Deferrals under the
Plan for the Employee’s taxable year.

     P. Distribution of Amounts Attributed to Elective Contributions. Except for the correction
of Excess Contributions, Excess Aggregate Contributions and Excess Deferrals, Elective
Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions
and earnings resulting from these contributions may not be distributed earlier than upon one (1) of
the following events:

          1. The Employee’s retirement, death, disability or separation from service;

          2. The termination of the Plan without establishment or maintenance of another defined
contribution plan (other than an employer stock ownership plan, a simple IRA plan or a simple
employer plan);

          3. The Employee’s attainment of age 591/2;

          4. Distributions on account of hardship. For Plan Years after December 31, 1988 only amounts
deferred by the Employee as Elective Contributions, disregarding any gains or losses, may be
distributed; provided, however, that in no event shall the amount of such hardship distribution
result in a value less than zero (0)

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-13

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

in a Participant’s Elective Contribution Account determined as
of the immediately preceding Valuation Date;

          5. The sale or disposition by a corporation to an unrelated corporation, which does not
maintain the Plan, of substantially all of the assets used in a trade or business but only with
respect to Employees who continue employment with the acquiring corporation; and

          6. The sale or other dispositions by a corporation of its interest in a subsidiary to an
unrelated corporate entity which does not maintain the Plan, but only with respect to Employees who
continue employment with a subsidiary.

          For purposes of (5) and (6) above, distributions may also be made on account of certain
dispositions of assets or subsidiaries other than sales. These distributions on account of
dispositions or sales may be made only if the transferor corporation continues to maintain the Plan
after disposition. The distribution must be a lump-sum distribution in order for the exceptions
for disposition of assets or subsidiaries or for termination of the Plan to apply. Lump-sum, for
these purposes, is a lump-sum under Section 402(d)(4) of the Code but without regard to (i) the
attainment of age 591/2; (ii) the election requirement; or (iii) the minimum period of a plan
participation requirement.

          These lump-sum rules apply to distributions occurring after March 31, 1988.

     Q. Hardship Withdrawals. If allowed under Article I of this Plan, the Participant may
apply for a hardship withdrawal of his or her Elective Contributions or Nonelective Employer
Contributions, if applicable, by filing a written application with the Committee. In granting a
hardship withdrawal, the Committee shall follow nondiscriminatory and objective standards in
determining whether a Participant is entitled to a hardship withdrawal.

          1. General Rule. Any hardship withdrawal may only be made if it is necessary to
satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant. A hardship withdrawal shall not
exceed the amount necessary to relieve the need nor shall such hardship withdrawal be made to the
extent the need may be satisfied from other financial resources reasonably available to the
Employee.

          2. Determination of Financial Need. A withdrawal on account of hardship may be
treated as necessary to satisfy a financial need if the Committee reasonably relies upon the
Employee’s representation that the need cannot be relieved by:

               (a) Reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-14

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (b) Reasonable liquidation of the Employee’s assets to the extent such liquidation would not
itself cause any immediate and heavy financial need;

               (c) Cessation of Elective Contributions or Employee Contributions under the Plans of the
Employer; or

               (d) Other distributions or nontaxable loans from plans maintained by the Employer, or by any
other Employer, or by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms. An
Employee’s resources shall be deemed to include those assets of his or her Spouse and minor
children that are reasonably available to the Employee.

          3. Determination of Necessity for Hardship Withdrawal. A hardship withdrawal will be
deemed necessary to satisfy the financial need if it meets the following conditions:

               (a) The hardship withdrawal is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy
financial need of the Employee. The amount of an immediate and heavy financial need may include
amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably
anticipated to result from such hardship withdrawal.

               (b) The Employee has obtained all distributions, other than hardship withdrawals of Elective
Contributions, and all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the
Employer.

               (c) The Employee’s Elective Contributions and Employee
After-Tax Contributions, other than mandatory Employee contributions made to a defined benefit
plan, will be suspended for at least 12 months after receipt of the hardship withdrawal under this
Plan and all other qualified and non-qualified plans of deferred compensation, including the cash
and deferred arrangement that is part of a cafeteria plan and excluding any health or welfare
plans, including one that is part of a cafeteria plan, maintained by the Employer.

               (d) The Employee may not make Elective Contributions and Employee After-Tax Contributions,
other than mandatory Employee contributions made to a defined benefit plan, to this Plan and all
other qualified and non-qualified plans of
deferred compensation, including the cash and deferred arrangement that is part of a cafeteria
plan and excluding any health or welfare plans, including one that is part of a cafeteria plan,
maintained by the Employer for the Employee’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year
of the hardship withdrawal in excess of the applicable limit under Section 402(g) of the Code for
such next taxable year less the amount of such Elective Contributions for the taxable year of the
hardship withdrawal. With respect to

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-15

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

hardship withdrawals made on or before March 31, 1989,
operation in accordance with the IRS Regulations proposed on November 10, 1981 is a reasonable
interpretation of Section 401(k) of the Code.

     R. Aggregation of Employer’s Plans. Elective Contributions that are made under two (2) or
more plans of the Employer that are aggregated for purposes of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410(b)
of the Code, other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code, are to be treated as made under a
single plan and if two (2) or more plans are permissibly aggregated for purposes of Section 401(k)
of the Code, the aggregated plans must satisfy Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k) and 410(b) of the Code as
though such aggregated plans were a single plan. Whenever a Highly Compensated Employee is
eligible under two (2) or more plans of the Employer which are subject to Section 401(k) of the
Code, in calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation, the actual deferral ratio of such
Highly Compensated Employee will be determined by treating all such plans in which such Highly
Compensated Employee is an Eligible Participant as a single plan.

          Except for certain plans in existence on November 1, 1977, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1988, contributions allocated under a plan described in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code
cannot be combined with contributions or allocations under any plan not described in Section
4975(e)(7) of the Code including required aggregation of a Highly Compensated Employee. However, a
plan described in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code may provide for contributions as described in
Section 401(k)(12) of the Code. Mandatory disaggregation shall also apply to plans described under
Sections 1.401(k)-1(b)(3)(ii)(B) and 1.401(k)-1(g)(11)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations. However,
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1990, for purposes of the average benefit percentage
test under Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code, a plan described in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code
shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1991, the Employer shall have the
option to aggregate such plans for purposes of the average benefit percentage test. Plans that are
to be aggregated may only be aggregated if they have the same plan year.

          The rules regarding aggregation and disaggregation of cash or deferred arrangements and plans
shall also apply for purposes of Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) of the Code.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IV
	 	IV-16

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

V. ALLOCATIONS TO PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS

     A. Maintenance of Accounts. The Committee shall, where applicable, establish and maintain
a Nonelective Employer Contribution Account, Elective Contribution Account, Employee After-Tax
Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contribution Account, Matching Contribution
Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution Account, Simple 401(k)
Account and/or Transferred Benefits Account in the name of each Participant.

     B. Valuation of Trust.

          1. Date for Valuation. As soon as administratively feasible after any Valuation Date,
the Trustee shall value the Trust assets and liabilities on the basis of fair market values as of
such Valuation Date.

          2. Instructions for Valuation. If the Trustee, in making such valuations, shall
determine that the Trust consists, in whole or in part, of property not traded freely on a
recognized market, or that information necessary to ascertain the fair market value of any Trust
assets or liabilities is not readily available to the Trustee, the Trustee may request the
Committee to instruct the Trustee as to such fair market value for all purposes under the Plan; and
in such event the fair market value determined by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive.
If the Committee fails or refuses to instruct the Trustee as to such fair market value within a
reasonable time after receipt of the Trustee’s request, the Trustee shall take such action as it
deems necessary or advisable to ascertain such fair market value, including the retention of such
counsel and independent appraisers as it considers necessary; and in such event the fair market
value determined by the Trustee shall be binding and conclusive. The expenses incurred in
retaining such counsel and/or independent appraisers shall be paid by the Trust.

     C. Allocation of Trust Earnings.

          1. General. As of each Valuation Date and prior to the allocation of Employer
contributions, Employee After-Tax Contributions and, if applicable, forfeitures for the Plan Year,
the Committee shall allocate the increment of Trust net income to or charge Trust net losses
against, as the case may be, the respective Accounts of the Participants in proportion to the
balances (minus any distributions made to the Participant and any forfeitures declared in such
Account after the immediately preceding Valuation Date) of such Accounts as of the immediately
preceding Valuation Date.

          2. Segregated and Directed Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, segregated
Accounts of a Participant held in accordance with the provisions of

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE V
	 	V-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Paragraph B.4(a) of Article VII
and Paragraph B of Article XII, if provided for in Article I, shall be valued separately on each
Valuation Date, and the increment of Trust net income shall be allocated to or Trust net loss shall
be charged against, as the case may be, such Accounts on a segregated basis.

          3. Elective Contribution Accounts. Unless otherwise elected in Paragraph LL, Elective
Contributions made by a Participant and deposited periodically throughout a Plan Year to his or her
Elective Contribution Account shall have allocated to them a proportionate share of Trust net
income or net losses attributable to all such Elective Contribution Accounts on the basis of
one-half (1/2) of the total amount of periodic payment Elective Contributions made by all
Participants and deposited during the Plan Year determined as if such Elective Contributions were
deposited on the first day of the Plan Year. For purposes of this Paragraph C.3, periodic
payments shall mean substantially equal payments made throughout the Plan Year not less frequently
than quarterly. A single-sum deposit made by a Participant as an Elective Contribution to his or
her Elective Contribution Account during the first quarter of the Plan Year will receive an
allocation of Trust net income and net losses for the entire Plan Year as if such deposit were made
on the first day of the Plan Year. Lump-sum deposits made in the second, third or fourth quarter
of a Plan Year shall not be entitled to receive an allocation of Trust net income or net losses.
The frequency or method with which Trust net income and net losses are allocated to the Elective
Contribution Accounts may be changed in the discretion of the Committee, but only in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner.

     D. Allocation to Contribution Accounts.

          1. General. Amounts contributed by the Employer for any Plan Year (and, if
applicable, any previously unallocated forfeitures) shall be allocated to the appropriate Accounts
in accordance with the manner provided in Article I as of each Anniversary Date.

               If this Plan provides for permitted disparity, then for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 1995, the number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes
under this Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan (whether or not
terminated) ever maintained by the Employer shall be limited to a total cumulation of permitted
disparity of 35 years. For purposes of determining the participant’s cumulative permitted
disparity limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the
Participant has not benefited under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for any year beginning
on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no cumulative disparity limit.

          2. Allocations on Retirement, Total Disability or Death. An individual whose
participation ceased during the year because of termination of employment on or

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE V
	 	V-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

after Normal
Retirement Age, death or Total Disability may be entitled to an allocation of Employer
contributions without regard to service or employment date requirements as provided in Article I.

          3. Allocation of Elective, Employee After-Tax, Safe Harbor Matching, Safe Harbor
Nonelective Employer, and Simple 401(k) Contributions. Allocation of Elective Contributions,
Employee After-Tax Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Nonelective
Employer Contributions and/or Simple 401(k) Contributions shall be allocated to those Eligible
Participants described in Article I of the Plan without regard to service or employment date
requirements provided in Article I in regard to the allocation requirements of other Employer
contributions.

          4. Suspension of Benefits if Participant Changes Employee Status. If a Participant

continues in the employ of the Employer, but changes his or her employment status to a class of
employees that is ineligible for participation, such termination of participation shall not
constitute a termination of employment for purposes of this Plan. An otherwise eligible
Participant shall accrue benefits in the Plan for the Plan Year in which he or she changes his or
her employment status based on his or her Compensation received before the change in status.
However, such Inactive Participant shall not accrue further benefits under the Plan until the date
he or she again becomes a Participant; provided, however, that Compensation received prior to his
or her again becoming a Participant shall be disregarded.

          5. Amendments to The Plan – Preservation of Accrued Benefit. Notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Plan, no amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent
that it has the effect of (i) decreasing a Participant’s Accrued Benefit derived from Employer
contributions; or (ii) except as provided by Treasury Regulations, eliminating an optional form of
benefit, with respect to benefits attributable to Years of Service before the amendment; provided,
however, that a Participant’s Accrued Benefit may be reduced to the extent required as a condition
of meeting the standards for qualification of the Plan. Furthermore, no amendment to the Plan
shall have the effect of decreasing a Participant’s vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit
determined without regard to such amendment as of the later of the date such amendment was
adopted, or becomes effective.

     E. Limitation on Allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures.

          1. Dollar Amount and Percentage Limitations. The Annual Addition to a Participant’s
Employer Contribution Account and Employee After-Tax Contribution Account shall not exceed the
lesser of:

               (a) The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation; or

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE V
	 	V-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (b) 25% of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year; provided,
however, that this compensation limitation shall not apply to:

                    (i) Any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Section 419A(f)(2) of the
Code) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition; or

                    (ii) Any amount otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Section 415(l)(1) of the Code.

          2. Multiple Defined Contribution Plans and Welfare Benefit Fund Limitation. If, in a
Plan Year, a Participant also participates in a defined contribution plan or a welfare benefit fund
maintained by the Employer or by another member of the Controlled Group, the limitations set forth
in this Article V with respect to such Participant shall apply as if the Annual Additions accrued
to such Participant under all defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in which the
Participant has participated were derived from one Plan.

          3. Rule of 1.0. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the
following additional limitations shall apply to any Participant who is or was covered by a defined
benefit pension plan, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer (or a member of a
Controlled Group): (i) the amount of the Annual Addition to such Participant’s Employer
Contribution Account shall be reduced by the Committee to the extent necessary to prevent the sum
of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction for such Plan Year
from exceeding 1.0 (profit sharing plans shall be reduced first, then other defined contribution
plans and, finally, defined benefit pension plan(s) unless Article I designates the defined benefit
pension plan(s) to be reduced first); and (ii) for the purpose of applying the limitation of this
Rule of 1.0, the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall be
applied in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 415 of the Code and the Treasury
Regulations promulgated thereunder; provided, however, that for any Plan Year ending after December
31, 1982, the Employer may elect to have the transitional rule of Section 415(e)(6) of the Code
applied in computing the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction; provided, further, however, that if
the Plan satisfied the requirements of Section 415 of the Code for the last Plan Year beginning
before January 1,1983, the Plan shall satisfy this Paragraph E.3 to the extent necessary by
complying with Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 235(g)(3) of TEFRA.

               If the Plan satisfied the applicable requirements of Section 415 of the Code as in effect for
all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987, an amount shall be subtracted from the
numerator of the Defined Contribution Plan
Fraction (not exceeding such numerator) as prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury so that
the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE V
	 	V-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Fraction computed under
Section 415(e)(1) of the Code does not exceed 1.0 for such Limitation Year.

               For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1999, the Rule of 1.0 described above shall
no longer apply.

     F. Allocation Priorities if Limitations Exceeded. If the Annual Addition for a Participant
is exceeded due to the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s
Compensation, or a reasonable error in determining the amount of Elective Deferrals with respect to
any Plan Year, then compliance with such limitation shall be accomplished as follows. First, the
amount of the Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contributions for that Plan Year which were included
in the Annual Addition shall be refunded to him or her; second, any Elective Deferrals shall be
refunded to the Participant to the extent the distribution would reduce the excess amount in the
Participant’s Account; third, the excess of Employer contributions which cannot be allocated to
any Participant for such Plan Year shall either be (i) allocated to the remaining Participants’
Accounts with any remaining unallocable Annual Additions held in a suspense account to reduce
Employer Contributions for the subsequent Limitation Year; or (ii) held in suspense accounts and
applied to reduce future Employer contributions during the next Limitation Year, as elected in
Article I.

     G. Key Man Insurance Proceeds. Any proceeds of key man insurance received by the Trust
during any Plan Year shall be allocated to the Employer Contribution Accounts of the Participants
who are otherwise eligible to receive an allocation of Employer contributions on the Anniversary
Date of the Plan Year in which the insured died. Such proceeds shall be allocated to each
Participant in the ratio that each Participant’s Employer Contribution Account as of the first day
of the Plan Year in which the proceeds are received bears to the value of all such Participants’
Employer Contribution Accounts. The allocation of such amounts shall be treated as an investment
gain of the Trust.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE V
	 	V-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

VI. VESTING AND BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT

     A. Vesting. The Accrued Benefit credited to any Participant shall vest in him or her as
follows:

          1. Full Vesting. A Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be fully vested at his or her
Normal Retirement Age. A Participant will become fully vested no later than the later of the
Participant’s 65th birthday or the fifth anniversary commencing the participation under
the Plan. Such Accrued Benefit shall also be fully vested upon a complete discontinuance of
Employer Contributions or complete or partial termination of the Plan to the extent provided in
Paragraph B of Article XIV.

          2. Qualifying Section 401(k) Contributions. A Participant shall be fully vested in
his or her Elective Contribution, Qualifying Matching Contribution and Qualifying Nonelective
Contribution Accounts at all times.

          3. Safe Harbor Contributions. A Participant shall be fully vested in his or her Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution and Safe Harbor Nonelection Employer Contribution Accounts at all
times.

          4. Simple 401(k) Contributions. A Participant shall be fully vested in his or her
Simple 401(k) Account at all times.

          5. Partial Vesting. The Nonelective Employer Contributions and Matching Contributions
of a Participant whose employment terminates, or who suffers a Break-in-Service prior to his or her
Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death or Total Disability, shall vest in him or her in
accordance with the vesting provisions contained in Article I.

          6. Vesting with the Controlled Group. If the Employer is a member of a Controlled
Group, then Vesting credit shall be granted to an Employee for each Year of Service completed with
the Employer and each other member of the Controlled Group.

     B. Forfeitures. Non-vested Accrued Benefits shall be forfeited in accordance with the
following provisions:

          1. Cash-Out of $5,000 or Less. Subject to Paragraph B.3 of this Article VI, effective
for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, a Participant who terminates employment with the
Employer in any Plan Year with a vested Accrued Benefit equal to or less than $5,000, will be paid
a distribution of the value of his or her entire vested Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively
feasible after the event elected in Article I and the non-vested Accrued Benefit will be
immediately forfeited
unless a later date for the forfeiture of non-vested Accrued Benefits is elected in

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VI
	 	VI-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Article I.
For purposes of this Paragraph B.1, if the value of a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is zero
(0), the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such zero (0) vested
Accrued Benefit immediately upon employment termination or, if later, at the time the forfeiture
occurs as elected in Article I.

          2. Cash-Out of More Than $5,000. Subject to Paragraph B.3 of this Article VI,
effective for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, a Participant who terminates employment
with the Employer with a vested Accrued Benefit greater than $5,000, may elect to receive the
entire value of his or her vested Accrued Benefit as soon as administratively feasible after the
event elected in Article I, and the non-vested Accrued Benefit will be immediately forfeited unless
a later date for the forfeiture of non-vested Accrued Benefits is elected in Article I.

          3. $3,500 Cash-Out. If and to the extent elected in Article I, the involuntary
cash-out limit of $5,000 described above shall be $3,500.

          4. Partial Cash-Outs of Vested Benefits. If the Participant receives a distribution
of less than his or her entire vested Accrued Benefit during a Plan Year, the portion of the
non-vested Accrued Benefit that will be immediately forfeited (unless Article I does not provide
for a forfeiture of a partial cash-out distribution or a later date for the forfeiture of
non-vested Accrued Benefits is elected in Article I) is the total
non-vested Accrued Benefit multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of
the vested Accrued Benefit that was distributed and the denominator of which is the total vested
Accrued Benefit.

          5. Rehire After Cash-Out. If a Participant receives a distribution pursuant to
Paragraphs B.1, B.2, or B.3 of this Article VI, resumes employment covered under this Plan and, if
required by Article I, repays to the Plan the full amount distributed to the Participant before the
earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed
by the Employer, or the date on which the Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one-year
Breaks-in-Service following the date of the previous distribution, then the amount that was
forfeited shall be restored. If a terminated Participant who had no vested Accrued Benefit and was
deemed to have received a distribution later resumes covered employment before the date the
Participant incurs five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks-in-Service, the amount that was previously
forfeited by such Participant will be restored to his or her account.

          6. Delayed Forfeiture. If the Employer elects in Article I to delay forfeiture of
non-vested Accrued Benefits until after the Plan Year of distribution, the separate account rule in
Paragraph C of this Article VI shall apply until the forfeiture actually occurs. If the forfeiture
occurs prior to five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks-in-Service,
then the above rules of this Paragraph B will apply after Paragraph C of this Article VI no
longer applies.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VI
	 	VI-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          7. Separate Account on In-Service Distribution. If this Plan allows for a
distribution on account of hardship or other in-service distributions at any time when a
Participant has a non-forfeitable right to less than 100% of the Accrued Benefit, and the
Participant may increase the non-forfeitable percentage in his or her Account, a separate account
as provided in Paragraph C of this Article VI will be established for the non-vested portion of the
Accrued Benefit of the Participant who receives an in-service distribution.

          8. Accumulated Deductible Contributions. For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
1988, a Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall include accumulated deductible employee
contributions within the meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of the Code for purposes of the cash-out
provisions of this Article VI.

     C. Re-Vesting in Forfeitures Upon Re-Employment. If a Participant receives a distribution
of his or her vested Accrued Benefit at a time when such Participant’s vested interest is less than
100% and if, at the time of payment to the Participant, the Participant’s non-vested benefit has
not been forfeited, a separate account shall be established for the non-vested portion of the
Participant’s interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and if he or she returns to
the employ of the Employer prior to the time he or she suffers five (5) consecutive one-year
Breaks-in-Service or an earlier forfeitable event as elected in Article I, then at any “Relevant
Time” the Participant’s vested portion of the separate account shall be an amount (“X”) determined
by the formula X = P(AB + D) – D or if elected in Article I determined by the formula
X=P(AB+(RxD))-(RxD). For purposes of applying either formula, P is the vested percentage at the
Relevant Time; AB is the account balance at the Relevant Time; D is the amount of the distribution;
and R is the ratio of the account balance at the Relevant Time to the account balance after
distribution. If a Participant returns to the employ of the Employer prior to incurring five (5)
consecutive one-year Breaks-in-Service, or an earlier forfeitable event, he or she shall continue
on the vesting schedule set forth in Paragraph A.5 of this Article VI as if he or she had not left,
and he or she shall be a Participant as of his or her date of rehire.

     D. Limitation on Vesting Upon Re-Employment. If a terminated Participant is re-employed by
the Employer, then, except as provided for in this Article VI, all of the Participant’s Years of
Service before his or her re-employment shall be considered as Years of Service after his or her
re-employment for the purpose of determining the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Plan
derived from Employer contributions allocated to the Participant subsequent to his or her date of
re-employment.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VI
	 	VI-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     E. Vesting Upon Change of Employment Status. If a Participant becomes an Inactive
Participant, his or her Accrued Benefit shall continue to vest as long as he or she is an Employee
of the Employer or its Controlled Group and has not incurred a Break-in-Service.

     F. Vested Interest Not Distributed. If a terminated Participant has not received a
distribution or a deemed distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit, then his or her Accrued
Benefit shall be credited with its share of Trust net earnings, gains, or losses and changes in the
fair market value of the Trust assets through the Valuation Date next preceding actual distribution
and forfeitures, if any.

     G. Break-in-Service While Still Employed. If a Participant incurs a Break-in-Service but
does not terminate employment with the Employer, his or her Accrued Benefit shall remain in the
Trust and shall be credited with its share of Trust net earnings, gains, or losses and changes in
the fair market value through the Valuation Date next preceding distribution and forfeitures, if
any.

     H. Effect of Break-in-Service – Vested Participant. If a Participant has five (5)
consecutive one-year Breaks-in-Service, he or she shall not have credited to him or her Years of
Service accrued subsequent to such Break-in-Service for purposes of determining his or her vested
interest in his or her Accrued Benefit derived from Employer contributions credited prior to such
Break-in-Service.

     I. Reserved.

     J. Effect of Break-in-Service – Non-Vested Participant. If a Participant does not have a
vested interest in any portion of his or her Accrued Benefit at the time a Break-in-Service occurs,
Years of Service prior to the Break-in-Service shall not be taken into account in determining the
Participant’s vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit if the number of consecutive one-year
Breaks-in-Service equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) or the aggregate number of Years of
Service prior to the Break-in-Service.

          If a former Participant has five (5) or more consecutive one-year
Breaks-in-Service, his or her Years of Service prior to such Breaks-in-Service shall be taken
into account in determining the former Participant’s vested interest in his or her Accrued benefit
only if either:

          1. Such former Participant had a vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit at the time of
his or her termination of employment; or

          2. Upon his or her re-employment, the number of consecutive
one-year Breaks-in-Service is less than the number of Years of Service completed prior to the
Break-in-Service.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VI
	 	VI-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          Separate Accounts shall be maintained for the Participant’s pre-Break and post-Break Accrued
Benefit and both Accounts shall share in the allocation of Trust earnings and losses as provided in
Article V of the Plan.

          With respect to any former Participant whose prior service is not disregarded under the
break-in-service rules in effect prior to the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1984,
whether the Plan may subsequently disregard the years of service is governed by the provisions of
this Paragraph J.

     K. Limitation on Right to Amend Vesting Schedule. Any amendment changing the vesting
schedule shall:

          1. Not cause any Participant’s vested interest in such Participant’s Accrued Benefit to be
less than such Participant’s vested interest on the day before such amendment becomes effective;
and

          2. Permit any Participant having at least three (3) Years of Service the option to elect,
irrevocably, within a reasonable period after the adoption of such amendment, to have such
Participant’s vested interest determined without regard to said amendment (that is, in accordance
with the vesting schedule in effect prior to such amendment). The election period shall begin on
the date the amendment is adopted and end not earlier than 60 days after the latest of (i) the
adoption date; (ii) the effective date; or (iii) the date written notice of the right of election
is given to the Participant.

          3. If a Participant does not elect a vesting schedule, then he or she will vest in accordance
with the most favorable vesting schedule.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VI
	 	VI-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

VII. DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

     A. Definitions.

          1. “Annuity Starting Date” means the first day of the first period for which an amount
is payable as an annuity to a Participant, or in the case of a benefit not payable in the form of
an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to a
benefit. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the first day of the first period for which a
benefit is to be received on account of separation from service by reason of disability shall be
treated as the Annuity Starting Date only if such disability benefit is not an auxiliary benefit.

          2. “Election Period” means, with respect to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
the 90-day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date. With respect to a Qualified Preretirement
Survivor Annuity, Election Period means the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in
which Participant attains age 35 and ending on the date of the Participant’s death. If a
Participant separates from service prior to age 35, the Election Period shall begin on the date of
separation from service with respect to benefits accrued as of that date.

               A Participant who has not attained age 35 as of the end of any Plan Year may make a special
Waiver Election to waive the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning on
the date of such election and ending on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
will attain age 35. Such election will not be valid unless the Participant receives a written
explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The Qualified Preretirement Survivor
Annuity coverage will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan Year in which the
Participant attains age 35. Any new Waiver Election on or after such date shall be subject to the
full requirements of this Article VII.

          3. “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means, with respect to a married
Participant, an immediate annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the
life of his or her Spouse which is 50%, or a greater percentage as elected in Article I, of the
amount of the annuity paid for the joint lives of the Participant and his or her Spouse and which
is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the Participant.

               With respect to an unmarried Participant, a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity means an
annuity for the life of the Participant.

          4. “Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life
of the Participant’s Spouse, the payment under which is equal to 50%, or a greater percentage as
elected in Article I, of the sum of the Participant’s

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Accrued Benefit and any insurance proceeds payable upon death of the Participant; any security
interest held by the Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to the Participant shall be taken into
account in determining the amount of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

          5. “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” means a person who has been married to the
Participant throughout the one-year period (unless otherwise elected in Article I) ending on the
earlier of the date of the Participant’s death or such Participant’s Annuity Starting Date;
provided, however, that a former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the
extent required under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. The one-year marriage requirement does
not apply to the payment of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

          6. “Transferred Benefits” mean the benefits of a Participant derived from another
qualified plan that are involuntarily transferred to this Plan subject to the requirements of
Section 414(l) of the Code and, where applicable, the annuity and survivor annuity requirements of
Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. A Participant shall vest in his or her Transferred
Benefits Account in accordance with Article I, but subject to the vesting requirements of Section
411(a)(10) of the Code. A rollover and voluntary transfer described in Q&A 3 of Section 1.411(d)-4
of the Treasury Regulations will not be deemed a transfer of benefits.

          7. “Waiver Election” means a written election by a Participant during the Election
Period to receive the payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit in a manner other than a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A Waiver
Election must be consented to by the Participant’s Spouse. The Spouse’s consent must acknowledge
the effect of the waiver and must be witnessed by either the Plan representative or a notary public
as required at the sole discretion of the Committee. The Spouse’s consent will be deemed made if
the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that (i) there is no Spouse; or
(ii) the Spouse cannot be located. If the Spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the
Spouse’s legal guardian, even if the guardian is the Participant, may give consent. Also, if the
Participant is legally separated or the Participant has been abandoned (within the meaning of local
law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect, spousal consent is not required unless a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order provides otherwise. Similar rules apply to a plan subject to
the requirements of Section 401(a)(11)(B)(iii)(l) of the Code. Any consent made or deemed made
hereunder shall be valid only with respect to the Spouse who signs, or is deemed to have signed,
the consent. The Waiver Election of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall identify the
Beneficiary or class of Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries. The Waiver Election of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity shall identify the Beneficiary or class of Beneficiaries or
contingent Beneficiary, if applicable, and the method of payment. Any change in the Waiver
Election shall require a new

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

spousal consent, unless the original consent of the Spouse expressly permits designations by
the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse and acknowledges that the
more restrictive consent could have been given. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a
Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the Annuity Starting Date. The
Participant may revoke a Waiver Election at any time, but any new Waiver Election must comply with
the requirements of this Paragraph A.7. A former Spouse’s consent to a Waiver Election shall not
be binding on a new Spouse.

     B. Distribution With Annuity Option – Other Than Death. If this Plan provides for an
annuity option as selected in Article I, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute to a
Participant the amount of his or her vested Accrued Benefit as a result of the Participant’s
termination of employment, including (i) termination of employment for any reason other than death;
(ii) Total Disability before Normal Retirement Age; or (iii) retirement on or after Normal
Retirement Age in accordance with this Paragraph B. Such Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of
the Valuation Date preceding the date of the Participant’s distribution.

          1. Payment of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. A Participant shall automatically
receive his or her vested Accrued Benefit in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
unless the Participant makes a Waiver Election during the applicable Election Period.

          2. Notice Requirements. The Committee shall provide to each Participant within a
period of time of no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date,
a written explanation of (i) the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;
(ii) the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a Waiver Election waiving the Qualified
Joint and Survivor form of benefit; (iii) the rights of a Spouse to consent to any Waiver Election
which waives his or her rights to such form of Annuity; and (iv) the right to make, and the effect
of, a revocation of a previously made Waiver Election.

               The Participant shall be furnished with a general description of all the eligibility
conditions and other material features of the optional forms of benefits and information explaining
the relative values of the various optional forms of benefits that are available under the terms of
the Plan in a like manner and within the time period as stated in the preceding paragraph. The
requirement to provide relative values of the optional forms of benefits shall only apply to plans
that offer a life annuity form of payment. Written consent of the Participant to a distribution
must be made after the Participant receives such notice and must not be made more than 90 days
before the Annuity Starting Date.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (a) If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply,
such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section
1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                    (i) The Committee clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period
of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect
a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution option); and

                    (ii) The Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

               (b) If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code apply, such
distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice is given provided that:

                    (i) The Committee provides information to the Participant clearly indicating that the
Participant has a right to at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity and consent to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity;

                    (ii) The Participant is permitted to revoke an affirmative distribution election at least
until the Annuity Starting Date, or if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the seven (7)
day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
provided to the Participant;

                    (iii) The Annuity Starting Date is after the date that the explanation of the Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant. However, for distributions made after
December 31, 1996, the Annuity Starting Date may be before the date that the written explanation is
given to the Participant, provided that the distribution does not commence until at least 30 days
after such written explanation is provided to such Participant; and

                    (iv) Distribution in accordance with the affirmative election does not commence before the
expiration of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

          3. Alternate Forms of Benefit Payments. During any time that a Waiver Election is in
effect, the Participant shall elect to have his or her Accrued Benefit distributable in one (1) of
the alternate forms of payment described in subparagraphs (a) through (e) of this Paragraph B.3 as
permitted in Article I. The Committee shall instruct

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

the Trustee to distribute the benefits in such form. If a Waiver Election is in effect when
benefits are distributed, but no method of distribution is otherwise selected by the Participant,
then the Committee shall make reasonable efforts to obtain an election of a method of distribution
from such Participant. If the Committee is unable to obtain an election for a method of
distribution from such Participant, then the benefits shall be deferred until the later of Normal
Retirement Age or age 62, at which time the benefits shall be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity if required, or in the form of a cash lump sum in all other cases.

               (a) The payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit in a single sum in cash or in
kind.

               (b) Except as provided in subparagraph 4(a) of this Paragraph B, the payment of the
Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit as an annuity, in a series of monthly payments, variable or
fixed, with or without a period certain for his or her life or for the joint lives of the
Participant and his or her spouse or Designated Beneficiary.

               (c) The payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit in a series of installments.

               (d) Any combination of the methods described above.

               (e) Effective January 1, 1993, if the distribution constitutes an Eligible Rollover
Distribution, the payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit in a total or partial direct
transfer to an Eligible Retirement Plan; provided that a partial direct transfer shall be equal to
at least $500.

          4. Restriction on Alternate Form of Benefits.

               (a) If this Plan does not provided for a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, no
distributions shall be made in the form of a life annuity. In-kind distributions requested by a
Participant, if permitted under Article I, shall be made available in a non-discriminatory manner
under Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and if permitted by the issuer of the particular asset. If a
Participant elects installments, his or her installment payments shall be payable not less
frequently than annually over a period not to exceed any one (1) of the following permissible
periods:

                    (i) A period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant; or

                    (ii) A period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor expectancy of the
Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

                    The Trustee may segregate the unpaid balance of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit in
one (1) or more banks, trust companies, savings and loan associations or similar institutions,
including the Trust or any of its affiliates, if applicable, for investment in savings accounts,
certificates of deposit, government bonds, bankers’ acceptances or similar securities. Unless
violative of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, net earnings on the unpaid vested Accrued Benefit shall
be distributed with the last payment.

               (b) Any deferred distribution from an annuity contract in a form other than a Qualified Joint
and Survivor Annuity shall require a Waiver Election. The annuity contract shall provide for the
notice provisions of REACT and shall comply with the requirements of this Plan, including the
Participant’s rights to optional forms of benefits and the distribution requirement of Section
401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder. Any annuity contract distributed
hereunder must be non-transferable.

          5. Distribution Consent Requirements. Subject to the last paragraph of this Paragraph
B.5, for distributions made prior to March 22, 1999, if the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit
ever exceeded $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997) at the time a
Participant could have received a distribution from the Plan or any subsequent time, the
Participant and the Participant’s Spouse or the survivor of the two must consent to any
distribution of such vested Accrued Benefit if the form of benefit is payable in other than a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. No consent is required before the Annuity Starting Date if
the vested Accrued Benefit is not more than $5,000. If this Plan is not subject to Section
401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code only the Participant’s consent is required. If this Plan is subject
to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, a distribution may not be made after the Annuity
Starting Date unless the Participant and the Spouse of the Participant or the Surviving Spouse
consent in writing to such distribution even if the vested Accrued Benefit is less than or equal to
$5,000.

               Subject to the last paragraph of this Paragraph B.5, for distribution made on or after March
22, 1999, written consent of the Participant is not required if the vested Accrued Benefit does not
exceed $5,000 at the date of distribution. However, if a Participant has begun to receive
distributions pursuant to an optional form of benefit that provides for a schedule of periodic
distribution, consent will be required even if the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is less
than $5,000. If this Plan is subject to Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code, a distribution
may not be made after the Annuity Starting Date unless the Participant and the Spouse of the
Participant or the Surviving Spouse consent in writing to such distribution even if the vested
Accrued Benefit is less than or equal to $5,000.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-6

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               Effective January 1, 1993, if the Participant separates from service with a vested Accrued
Benefit of at least $200 but not more than $5,000, such Participant shall be entitled to elect a
direct transfer or partial direct transfer of his or her Accrued Benefit as described in Paragraph
B.3 of this Article VII. If the Participant fails to make such election, his or her vested Accrued
Benefit shall be paid to him or her in a single sum payment subject to mandatory federal income tax
withholding. Such payment shall occur 30 days after the receipt of the notice described in
Paragraph B.2 of this Article VII but before the 90 day period described in such Paragraph B.2 has
expired.

               If the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is less than $200, it shall be paid to him or her
in a single sum payment as soon as administratively feasible after the date elected in Article I.

               If and to the extent elected in Article I, the involuntary cash-out limit of $5,000 described
above shall be $3,500.

          6. Special Rules. The Committee shall notify the Participant and the Participant’s
Spouse of the right to defer benefits to the later of age 62 or the Normal Retirement Age under the
Plan and the right to optional forms of benefit as described in Paragraph B.3 of this Article VII.
The notice to defer benefits and the explanation of the optional forms of benefits shall comply
with Paragraph B.2 of this Article VII. If the benefit is payable commencing before the later of
age 62 or the Normal Retirement Age, in a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if this Plan
does not provide for the survivor annuity requirements of REACT, only the Participant’s consent is
required. If this Plan is terminated and an annuity that may be purchased from a commercial
provider is not offered as an optional form of distribution, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit
payable upon termination may be distributed to the Participant without his or her consent. The
preceding sentence shall not apply if the Employer maintains another defined contribution plan
within the Controlled Group other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Section
4975(e)(7) of the Code to which benefits are transferred from the terminated Plan. However, the
transfer need not require Participant consent. All transfers shall comply with the rules of
Section 411(d)(6) of the Code. The consent requirements of this Paragraph B.6 do not apply to the
extent that a distribution is required to satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(9) and 415 of
the Code.

          7. Accumulated Deductible Employee Contributions. Before the first day of the first
Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1989, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall not
include accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning of Section 72(o)(5)(B) of
the Code. These employee contributions, if any, shall be maintained in a separate account.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-7

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          8. Incidental Benefit Rule. The Committee shall ensure that all distributions
required under this Article VII shall be made and determined in accordance with Section 401(a)(9)
of the Code and the proposed regulations issued thereunder, including the minimum distribution and
incidental benefit requirements of Section 401(a)(9)(G) of the Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of
the Proposed Treasury Regulations which are incorporated herein by this reference.

          9. Commencement of Benefits. Distribution to any Participant of his or her vested
Accrued Benefit shall commence not later than the April 1 of the calendar year following the
calendar year in which he or she attains age 701/2. However, with respect to a non-5%-Owner who
attained age 701/2 prior to January 1, 1988, his or her commencement date shall be the later of the
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which he or she attains age 701/2 or the
calendar year in which he or she retires. The term “5%-Owner” shall be further modified by Q&A B-2
of Section 1.401(a)(9)-1 of the Proposed Treasury Regulations.

               Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, if elected in Article I, the required beginning date
for minimum required distributions for any Participant (other than a 5%-Owner) is the April 1 of
the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which such Participant attains age
701/2 or the calendar year in which such Participant retires.

               If elected in Article I, the required beginning date for minimum required distributions is the
April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 701/2,
except that benefit distributions to a Participant (other than a 5%-Owner) with respect to benefits
accrued after the later of the adoption or effective date of an amendment to the Plan must commence
by the later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
Participant attains age 701/2 or retires.

               If elected in Article I, any Participant (other than a 5%-Owner) who attained age 701/2 prior to
January 1, 1997 and who is still employed by the Employer, may elect, in accordance with the
administrative procedures established by the Committee, to stop receiving minimum required
distributions until April 1 of the calendar year following retirement. If provided in Article I,
there shall be a new Annuity Starting Date upon recommencement. Any such election shall not affect
a new Participant’s right to elect an in-service distribution pursuant to Article I of the Plan.
The election to stop receiving minimum required distributions shall also apply to any Participant
who is currently receiving minimum required distributions and has not been given the right to elect
to stop such distributions.

               If provided in Article I, any Participant (other than a 5%-Owner) who attains age 701/2 after
1995 and is still employed by the Employer may elect, in

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-8

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

accordance with the administrative procedures established by the Committee, to defer receiving
minimum required distributions until the calendar year following retirement. Such election must be
made by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant
attained age 701/2 (i.e., by April 1, 1997 if the Participant attained age 701/2 in 1996) unless such
Participant has not been given the right to elect to defer such distributions. If a Participant
fails to make such election, such Participant will begin receiving a minimum required distribution
by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 701/2 (i.e., by April 1, 1997 if the Participant attained age 701/2 in 1996).

               If elected in Article I, the preretirement age 701/2 distribution option is only eliminated with
respect to Participants who attain age 701/2 in or after a calendar year that begins after the later
of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of this amendment. This provision shall not affect the
Participant’s right to receive an
in-service distribution pursuant to Article I of the Plan.

               Any amendment made to an existing plan to eliminate distributions after age 701/2 shall not
apply if the amendment is not adopted by the last day of the remedial amendment period that applies
to such plan due to changes made by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996.

               If this document establishes a new plan and if elected in Article I, any Participant (other
than a 5%-Owner) who is still employed by the Employer and who has attained age 701/2 will not be
entitled to receive distributions until the April 1 of the calendar year following retirement.
This provision shall not affect the Participant’s right to elect an in-service distribution
pursuant to Article I of the Plan.

               Notwithstanding the above, once minimum required distributions have commenced to a 5%-Owner
under this Paragraph B.9, such distributions shall continue.

               The minimum amount to be distributed with respect to the calendar year in which such
Participant attains age 701/2 and the amount distributed by December 31 of each calendar year
thereafter must be at least an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s
Accrued Benefit determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the distribution calendar
year by his or her life expectancy or the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and
his or her Designated Beneficiary determined for the distribution calendar year. The life
expectancy and the joint and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his or her Designated
Beneficiary shall be computed by reference to the expected return multiple Tables V and VI
contained in Section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-9

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               For purposes of this computation, a Participant’s life expectancy and that of his or her
Spouse shall be recalculated no more frequently than annually unless the Participant or the
Surviving Spouse elects not to recalculate. Such election shall be irrevocable as to the
Participant or Surviving Spouse for subsequent years. The life expectancy of a non-spouse
Designated Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

          10. Distribution on Total Disability. Notwithstanding any delay in the timing of
distributions pursuant to Article I, if a Participant terminates employment as a result of Total
Disability, he or she shall be eligible for the immediate commencement of his or her vested Accrued
Benefit as soon as administratively feasible after such termination; provided that the Participant
shall make a written application for and submit to the Committee sufficient evidence to establish
his or her Total Disability. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may demand further examination
by an independent physician acceptable to it to determine the Participant’s Total Disability before
approving or denying any such claim. If permitted in Article I, a Participant may receive an
in-service distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit on account of Total Disability.

     C. Distribution at Death. If this Plan provides for an annuity option as selected in
Article I, and if a Participant ceases participation under the Plan by reason of his or her death
prior to the Annuity Starting Date, unless there has been a valid Waiver Election during the
applicable Election Period, a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be paid to the
Surviving Spouse commencing on the later of the Normal Retirement Age or on the date that a
Participant would have attained age 62 unless an alternate form of benefit is selected. The
Surviving Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed within a reasonable time after the
Participant’s death, subject to an adjustment on account of an earlier distribution, if any.

          1. Notice Requirements and Alternate Forms of Death Benefits.

               (a) The Committee shall provide each Participant a written explanation of the Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the
explanations provided for meeting the notice requirements of Paragraph B.2 of this Article VII
applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Except for separation from service prior to
age 35, the applicable period for a written explanation to a Participant is whichever of the
following periods ends last: (i) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
the Participant attained age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year
in which the Participant attained age 35; (ii) a reasonable period ending after an Employee becomes
a Participant; (iii) a reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully subsidizes the
benefit; or (iv) a reasonable period ending after Section 401(a)(11) of the Code first applies to
the Participant.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-10

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

                    For purposes of applying clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding paragraph, a reasonable
period ending after the last of these events have occurred means the end of the two-year period
beginning one (1) year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after
that date.

                    If a Participant separates from service before the Plan Year in which the Participant attains
age 35, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one (1) year prior to
separation and ending one (1) year after separation. If the Participant thereafter returns to
employment with the Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined as
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Paragraph C.1(a).

               (b) During any time that a Waiver Election is in force, the Participant may elect to have his
or her death benefit distributed in any one of the ways permitted by Paragraph B.3 of this Article
VII.

                    If, at the death of a Participant, his or her death benefit is payable in the form of a
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, the Participant’s Surviving Spouse shall be entitled to
select by written election an alternate form of benefit payment in any of the ways permitted by
such Paragraph B.3.

          2. Timing of Distributions. Upon the death of a Participant, the following
distribution provisions shall apply:

               (a) If the Participant dies after distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit has
commenced, the remaining portion of such Accrued Benefit shall continue to be distributed at least
as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant’s death.

               (b) If the Participant dies before distribution of his or her vested Accrued Benefit has
commenced, the Participant’s entire death benefit shall be distributed no later than December 31 of
the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of his or her death, unless the Participant’s
Designated Beneficiary receives distributions in accordance with the following subparagraphs (i) or
(ii):

                    (i) If the Participant’s Accrued Benefit is payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions
may be made in substantially equal installments, if installments are a permitted optional form of
benefit as selected in Article I, over the life or life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary
(or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of such Designated Beneficiary)
commencing no later than December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year
of the Participant’s death.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-11

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

                    (ii) If the Designated Beneficiary is the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, at the Spouse’s
election, the date distributions are required to commence need not be earlier than December 31 of
the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2 had he or she lived. If the
Surviving Spouse dies before payments to him or her commence, the Spouse shall be deemed to be, and
shall be treated as, the Participant.

                    (iii) Minimum payments made to a Surviving Spouse shall be calculated by reference to the
expected return multiple Table V contained in Section 1.72-9 of the Treasury Regulations. The life
expectancy of the Surviving Spouse shall be recalculated annually unless otherwise elected by the
Surviving Spouse prior to the first distribution date.

                    (iv) For purposes of subparagraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Paragraph C.2(b), any amount
paid to a child of the Participant shall be treated as if it had been paid to the Surviving Spouse
if the amount becomes payable to the Surviving Spouse when the child attains the age of majority
under applicable state law.

          3. REACT Death Benefit. If the Plan is subject to REACT Surviving Spouse protection,
the amount of death benefits to be paid to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse shall be a Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity determined in accordance with Article I and this Article VII. Any
remaining Accrued Benefit shall be paid in accordance with the Participant’s Beneficiary
designation. If this Plan does not provide for an annuity option, the special rule as provided in
Paragraph E of this Article VII shall apply.

          4. Death Benefits. The death benefit payable under this Plan shall be equal to the
face amount of any life insurance policies, if any (excluding key man insurance) on such
Participant’s life in effect on his or her date of death, plus such Participant’s Accrued Benefit.

          5. Lack of Designation. If such deceased Participant had filed with the Committee a
document naming a Designated Beneficiary, but failed to designate the form in which benefit
payments are to be made, then the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute to such
Designated Beneficiary the unpaid amount of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit as determined above,
in such one (1) or more ways as permissible under Paragraph B.3 of this Article VII. If such
deceased Participant failed to name a Designated Beneficiary, or if no Designated Beneficiary
survives him or her, then the unpaid amount of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be paid to
the Designated Beneficiary pursuant to the priorities set forth in Article IX of the Plan.

          6. Proof of Death. Upon the death of a Participant, the Committee may, but need not,
require the personal representative of the Participant’s estate and/or the

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-12

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Designated Beneficiary to furnish proof of death and such tax release forms and any other
forms, papers or documents as are deemed appropriate by the Committee prior to making any payment
of death benefits.

          7. Proof of Surviving Spouse. The Committee shall withhold and shall not authorize
the distribution of death benefits until such time as the Committee can determine the existence
and/or identity of a Surviving Spouse or any other non-spouse Beneficiary. If the Committee cannot
determine to its reasonable satisfaction the identity of the person or persons to whom such death
benefits should be distributed within a reasonable time after the date of death of the Participant,
then the Committee shall not authorize the distribution of such death benefits but shall hold such
death benefits in trust until the identity of such Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary is finally
determined. If necessary, the Committee shall file a complaint for interpleader and declaratory
relief requesting that the court determine the identity of any persons who are entitled to payment
of such benefits.

     D. Transitional Rules. The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity provisions of this Article VII, to the extent that they are
applicable under this Plan, shall apply only to Participants who complete an Hour of Service on or
after August 23, 1984.

          1. Service On or After January 1, 1976. Any Inactive Participant not receiving
benefits on August 23, 1984, shall be given the opportunity to make a Waiver Election for a
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity if such Inactive Participant (i) completed at least one
(1) Hour of Service with the Employer under this Plan (or a Predecessor Plan) in a Plan Year
beginning on or after January 1, 1976; and (ii) had completed at least 10 Years of Vested Service
when he or she terminated employment.

          2. Service On or After September 2, 1974 and Before January 1, 1976. Any Inactive
Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who completed at least one (1) Hour of
Service with the Employer under this Plan (or a Predecessor Plan) on or after September 2, 1974,
but who did not complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976,
shall be given the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in accordance with the distributive
provisions and the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of this Plan in effect before
August 23, 1984, as required by Section 303(e) of REACT.

               Any election available to an Inactive Participant under this Paragraph D.2 may be made during
the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on such former Participant’s Annuity Starting
Date.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-13

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     E. Non-Annuity Rules.

          1. No Annuities. If this Plan does not provide for an annuity option as selected in
Article I, then the Participant shall not be entitled to the payment of his or her vested Accrued
Benefit in the form of annuity. Furthermore, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity provisions of Paragraphs B and C of this Article VII shall
not be applicable to this Plan, but all of the remaining provisions of such Paragraphs B and C
relating to distribution forms and time of commencement of distributions shall be applicable to the
Participant and his or her Surviving Spouse and/or Designated Beneficiary. On the death of the
Participant, all of his or her death benefit shall be paid to his or her Surviving Spouse within a
reasonable time. The Surviving Spouse may elect to receive the deceased Participant’s benefits
under the Plan within 90 days after the date of death. If there is no Surviving Spouse or if the
Surviving Spouse consents in writing in a manner prescribed under Paragraph A.7 of this Article
VII, then the Participant’s death benefit shall be paid to the Designated Beneficiary.

          2. Transferred Benefits. Irrespective of any lack of selection of the annuity option
in Article I, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
provisions of Paragraphs B and C of this Article VII shall apply to Transferred Benefits which are
neither rollover benefits nor voluntary transfers under Q&A 3 of Section 1.411(d)-4 of the Treasury
Regulations.

     F. Time of Distribution. Unless Article I allows Participants to defer commencement of
benefits, distribution to a Participant shall occur no later than 60 days after the close of the
Plan Year in which the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age or terminates employment,
whichever is later. However, the failure of a Participant and his or her Spouse, where applicable,
to consent to a distribution, shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of a
payment of any benefits to the later of age 62 or the Normal Retirement Age. Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, any deferral of benefit shall not violate Sections 401(a)(9) and
415 of the Code including the failure to consent to a distribution by the Participant and the
Spouse where applicable.

     G. Pre-TEFRA Designations. Notwithstanding Paragraphs B and C of this Article VII, each
Participant or his or her Designated Beneficiary who made a timely designation pursuant to Section
242(b)(2) of TEFRA shall have had the right and power to elect by written designation delivered to
the Committee, the time for commencement of and the form of distribution of his or her Accrued
Benefits; provided, however, that any such designation must have been consistent with the
provisions of ERISA, the Code and Notice 83-23 in effect at the time the designation was made and
shall comply with the spousal consent requirements of REACT; provided, further, however, that such
Participant or his or her Designated
Beneficiary may have selected any form of distribution available under the terms of the Plan as in
effect at the time of execution of such designation and

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-14

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

the form selected by each Participant is
hereby incorporated by reference. The following form of distribution is also available pursuant to
such designation, in addition to those forms of distribution set forth above by reference and
elsewhere in the Plan:

          Payment in a series of cash installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period of
time equal to twice the future life expectancy of the Participant determined as of the date
payments of benefits commence, or if the Participant is married at such date, over the greater of
twice the life expectancy of the Participant or his or her Spouse. Expected return multiple Tables
V and VI of Section 1.72-9 of the Treasury Regulations shall determine the number of years of
future life expectancy.

          If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to commence, the
Trust must distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to have been
distributed to satisfy Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder, but
for the Section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such
distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements in Section
1.401(a)(9)-2 of the Proposed Regulations. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be
a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary
(one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation
of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which
distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly (such as altering the
relevant measuring life). If an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to another, the
rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3 of Section 1.401(a)(9)-1 of the Proposed Regulations shall apply.

     H. Loans to Participants. If allowed under Article I, the Committee may, in its sole
discretion and upon written application of a Participant or his or her Beneficiaries on a form
provided by the Committee, direct the Trustee to make a loan or loans to such Participant in a
total amount not to exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000 reduced by any excess of the highest
outstanding balance of loans made to the Participant from the Plan during the one (1) year period
ending on the day before the date the most recent loan is given, over the outstanding balance of
any loan from the Plan made to the Participant on the date which the loan was made; or (ii) 50% of
the single sum of the vested Accrued Benefit of such Participant; provided that the policy with
respect to making any such loan or loans shall be uniformly and non-discriminatorily applied and
shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees, officers or shareholders in an amount
greater than the amount made available to other Employees. For purposes of the preceding sentence,
loans shall be aggregated pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code. In no event
shall the Committee be
required to make any such loans. In determining such limitation, the Committee shall take into
account the balance of such loan or loans and the balance of all outstanding loans to the
Participant under this Plan or any other qualified plan of the

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-15

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Employer. The Committee shall give
due consideration to the type of security given for the loan and the creditworthiness of the
Participant/borrower in determining whether to approve or disapprove a loan. Unless loans are
designated as a directed investment of the Participant’s Account pursuant to Article I, any loan or
loans made to a Participant shall be treated as an investment of the Trust. Any loans shall be (i)
for a specific term, which shall not exceed five (5) years unless the Participant certifies in
writing to the Committee that the proceeds of the loan will be applied to acquire the Participant’s
principal residence; (ii) adequately secured in the event of a default by the Participant’s vested
Accrued Benefit and other collateral if the Committee reasonably determines that additional
collateral is necessary; and (iii) evidenced by the Participant’s promissory note bearing interest
at the rate equal to the prevailing interest rate charged by persons in the business of lending
money for loans made under similar circumstances.

          For Participant loans granted or renewed on or after the last day of the first
Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the Committee shall
establish a written program which contains the following requirements:

          1. The identity of the person(s) authorized to administer the loan program.

          2. A procedure for applying for a loan.

          3. The basis on which loans will be approved or denied.

          4. Limitations, if any, on the types and amount of the loan offered.

          5. The procedures for determining a reasonable rate of interest.

          6. The type of collateral which may secure a Participant’s loan.

          7. The events constituting default and causing acceleration and the steps that will be taken
to preserve plan assets in the event of any such events.

          In addition to any acceleration provisions contained in the promissory note, a Participant’s
loan shall immediately become due and payable if such Participant is entitled to and elects to
receive a distribution from the Plan. In this case, the Employer shall immediately request payment
of the outstanding principal balance and accrued but unpaid interest on the loan. If the
Participant does not repay such amount within a reasonable time after such request, the Employer
shall have the right to offset and reduce the Participant’s vested Account balance which was used
for security for
such loan by such amount. If the Participant’s vested Account balance is less than the amount
due, the Employer shall take appropriate steps to collect the balance due directly from the
Participant.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-16

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          Upon default of a loan, the Participant’s Accrued Benefit shall be reduced by the outstanding
principal balance of the loan plus accrued but unpaid interest. However, if the Participant’s
Account is subject to the withdrawal restrictions of Section 401(k) of the Code or if this Plan is
subject to Section 417 of the Code, the Participant’s Account balance shall not be reduced until a
distributable event occurs under the terms of the Plan. During any time that a loan is in default
under the terms of the promissory note and the borrowing Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit is
not distributable, such loan shall be treated as a directed investment of such Participant’s
Account, regardless of whether directed investments are permitted in Article I.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans to an Owner-Employee (or a Shareholder-Employee as
defined in former Section 1379(d) of the Code) shall not be permitted under the Plan without an
exemption from the prohibited transaction requirements of the Code.

          If a Participant making a loan pursuant to this Paragraph H is married, the Committee shall
require that such Participant obtain his or her Spouse’s consent to the making of the loan and the
possible reduction in such Participant’s Accrued Benefit. Such consent shall be obtained within
the 90-day period prior to the making of the loan and shall be in writing and shall acknowledge the
effect of the loan and shall be witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. However, if
this Plan does not provide for annuities, spousal consent shall not be required.

     I. Reserved.

     J. Distributions to Incompetent Persons. The Committee may direct the Trustee to
distribute the benefits of any Participant pursuant to the instructions of any person named by such
Participant in a durable power of attorney which, on its face, appears to be valid and enforceable,
or the legal guardian or conservator of such Participant, or the custodian of such Participant’s
assets under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (or the comparable law of any state in which such
Participant resides).

     K. Nonliability. Any payment to a Participant or Designated Beneficiary, or to the legal
representative of a Participant or Designated Beneficiary, in accordance with the provisions of
this Plan, shall to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims under this Plan
against the Trustee, the Committee and the Employer, any of whom may require such Participant,
legal representative or Designated Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment,
to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the
Committee, or the Employer, as the case may be. The Employer does not guarantee the Trust, the
Participants, former Participants or their Designated Beneficiaries against loss of or depreciation
in value of any right or benefit that any of them may acquire under the terms of this Plan. All of
the benefits payable under

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-17

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

this Plan shall be paid or provided solely from the Trust, and the
Employer does not assume any liability or responsibility for payment of such benefits.

     L. Benefit Claims Procedure.

          1. Applications. All applications for benefits under the Plan shall be submitted to
the Committee at the Employer’s principal place of business. Applications for benefits must be in
writing on forms acceptable by the Committee and must be signed by the Participant and his or her
Spouse, or in the case of a death benefit, by the Designated Beneficiary or legal representative of
the deceased Participant. The Committee reserves the right to require the Participant to furnish
proof of his or her marital status, age, and the age of his or her Spouse, if any, prior to
processing any application. Each application shall be acted upon and approved or disapproved by
the Committee within 60 days following its receipt by the responsible officer of the Employer. If
any application for benefits is denied, in whole or in part, the Committee shall notify the
applicant in writing of such denial and of his or her right to a review by the Committee and shall
set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the applicant, the specific reasons for such
denial, the specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a
description of any additional material or information necessary for the applicant to perfect his or
her application, an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an
explanation of the Plan’s review procedure.

          2. Review of Denials. Any person whose application for benefits is denied in whole or
in part may appeal to the Committee for a review of the decision by submitting a written statement
to the Committee within 90 days after receiving written notice from the Committee of the denial of
his or her claim (i) requesting a review by the Committee of his or her application for benefits;
(ii) setting forth all of the grounds upon which his or her request for review is based and any
facts in support of such request; and (iii) setting forth any issues or comments which the
applicant deems pertinent to his or her application. The Committee shall meet as required to
review appeals of denials of applications for benefits submitted to it. The Committee shall act
upon each appeal within 60 days after receipt of the applicant’s request for review by the
Committee. The Committee shall make a full and fair review of each such application and any
written material submitted by the applicant or the Employer in connection with such review and may
require the Employer or the applicant to submit such additional facts, documents, or other evidence
as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in making such a review. On
the basis of its review, the Committee shall
make an independent determination of the applicant’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan.
The decision of the Committee on any application for benefits shall be final and conclusive upon
all persons if supported by substantial evidence in the records.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-18

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     M. Income Tax Withholding. Distributions made under the Plan to any Participant or his or
her Designated Beneficiary shall be subject to the income tax withholding rules set forth in
Section 3405 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     N. Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to make distribution to an alternate payee in
accordance with a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, and such distribution may be made,
notwithstanding the age or continued employment of the Participant who is a party to such Order, at
any time as specified in the Order, provided the Order is filed with the court, served on the Plan,
approved by the Committee and the alternate payee executes release forms, withholding forms and any
other documents, forms or papers that the Committee deems necessary and desirable.

     O. Overpayment of Vested Interest. If a Participant or Beneficiary is erroneously paid
benefits greater than the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit, the Committee may, in its sole
discretion exercised in the best interests of Participants and Beneficiaries, demand from the
Participant or Beneficiary repayment of such overpayment. If the Participant or Beneficiary
refuses to make repayment, the Committee may take legal action to recover the amount of the
overpayment, plus interest, and costs of collection including reasonable attorneys’ fees. If the
Participant returns to employment and the overpayment has not been repaid to the Plan, the
Committee may offset the overpayment against future Plan benefits.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VII
	 	VII-19

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

VIII. TOP-HEAVY LIMITATIONS

     If in any Plan Year the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan as defined in Paragraph A below, the
limitations and requirements set forth in this Article VIII shall apply to the Plan, unless this is
a Simple 401(k) Plan within the meaning of Section 401(k)(11) of the Code.

     A. Definitions.

          1. “Determination Date” means with respect to any Plan Year the last day of the
preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year, the last day of such Plan Year,
provided that the Employer did not previously establish another qualified plan that is part of a
Required Aggregation Group.

          2. “Key Employee” means any Participant who at any time during the Plan Year
containing the Determination Date or any of the four (4) preceding Plan Years is:

               (a) An officer of the Employer having Section 415 Compensation greater than 50% of the Defined
Benefit Dollar Limitation; provided, however, that no more than 50 Employees or, if lesser, the
greater of three (3) or 10% of the Employees shall be treated as officers; provided further that if
the total number of officers exceeds this limitation, only the highest compensated officers shall
be included;

               (b) One (1) of the 10 Employees having Section 415 Compensation from the Employer of more than
the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation and owning (or considered as owning within the meaning
of Section 318 of the Code) both more than 1/2% interest and the largest interests in the Employer.
For such purposes, if two (2) Employees have the same interest in the Employer, the Employee having
the greater Section 415 Compensation from the Employer shall be treated as having a larger
interest;

               (c) A 5%-Owner of the Employer;

               (d) A 1%-Owner of the Employer whose Section 415 Compensation exceeds $150,000; or

               (e) A Beneficiary of a Key Employee or a former Key Employee.

               For purposes of this Paragraph A.2, Section 415 Compensation shall include amounts contributed
by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from the Employee’s
gross income under Section 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), 403(b), 408(p)(2)(A)(i) or 457 of the Code.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               An Employee shall be deemed a “1%-Owner” if he or she (i) owns more than one percent (1%) of
the outstanding stock or owns stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock, if the Employer is a corporation; or (ii) owns more than one
percent (1%) of the capital or profit interests in the Employer if the Employer is not a
corporation. In making the determination of a 1%-Owner or a 5%-Owner, Section 416(i)(1)(B)(iii) of
the Code modifies Section 318(a)(2) of the Code, the corporate attribution rule. The business
aggregation rules of Section 414 of the Code shall not be applied to determine ownership in the
Employer.

          3. “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee who is not a Key Employee.

          4. “Top-heavy Plan” means, with respect to any Plan Year, (i) any defined benefit
pension plan maintained by the Employer if, as of the Determination Date, the present value of
cumulative Accrued Benefits under the plan for Key Employees exceeds 60% of the present value of
cumulative Accrued Benefits under the Plan for all Employees; and (ii) any defined contribution
plan, other than a Simple 401(k) Plan, maintained by the Employer if, as of the Determination Date,
the aggregate of the Accounts of Key Employees under the Plan exceeds 60% of the aggregate of the
Accounts of all Employees under the Plan. This rule is referred to herein as the “60%
Test.”

          5. “Top-heavy Group” means any Aggregation Group if the sum of the present value of
cumulative accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit pension plans included in
the Aggregation Group, and the sum of the accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution
plans included in the Aggregation Group, exceed 60% of a similar sum determined for all Employees.
An “Aggregation Group” means either a Required Aggregation Group or a Permissive
Aggregation Group.

          6. “Required Aggregation Group” means each qualified plan of the Employer in which a
Key Employee is a participant, and each other qualified plan of the Employer which enables the
qualified plan or plans containing a Key Employee to meet the anti-discrimination requirements of
Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code. A Required Aggregation Group includes any qualified plan of
the Employer that has terminated within the last (5) years ending on the Determination Date.

     B. Aggregation Groups.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          1. Required Aggregation Group. Each qualified plan of the Employer required to be
included in a Required Aggregation Group shall be treated as a
Top-heavy Plan if the Required Aggregation Group is a Top-heavy Group.

          2. Permissive Aggregation Group. For purposes of determining the existence of a
Top-heavy Group, the Employer may elect to include in the Required Aggregation Group any other
qualified plan of the Employer not otherwise required to be included, if such Group after the
election would continue to meet the
anti-discrimination requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code; provided, however,
that any such qualified plan will not be otherwise deemed a Top-heavy Plan by reason of such
election.

               If the Permissive Aggregation Group is a Top-heavy Group, each qualified plan of the Employer
that is a part of a Required Aggregation Group will be considered a Top-heavy Plan. If the
Permissive Aggregation Group is not a Top-heavy Group, no qualified plan in the Permissive
Aggregation Group will be considered a
Top-heavy Plan.

          3. Plans Aggregated. Only those qualified plans of the Employer in which the
Determination Dates fall within the calendar year shall be aggregated to determine whether the
qualified plans (or the Aggregation Group) are Top-heavy Plans (or a Top-heavy Group).

     C. 60% Test – Special Rules. For purposes of the 60% Test, the following special rules of
this Paragraph C shall apply.

          1. Participant Contributions. Benefits derived from both Participant contributions
(whether voluntary or mandatory, but not deductible contributions) and Employer contributions shall
be taken into account for the 60% Test.

          2. Distributions. In determining the present value of cumulative Accrued Benefits of
any Participant or the Account of any Participant under the Plan (or plans which form the
Aggregation Group), such present value or Account shall be increased by the aggregate of
distributions made to such Participant from the Plan (or plans forming the Aggregation Group)
during the five (5) year period ending on the Determination Date. For this purpose, the term
“Participant” shall include an Employee who is no longer employed by the Employer. The foregoing
shall also apply to distributions under a terminated qualified plan of the Employer which, if it
had not been terminated, would have been required to be included in an Aggregation Group.

          3. Rollover Contributions. Except as otherwise provided in the Treasury Regulations,
any rollover contribution or similar transfer made by an Employee to the Plan after December 31,
1983 shall not be taken into account; provided, however, that

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

this transfer rule shall not apply to mergers or consolidations of several plans, the division
of one (1) plan, or rollovers between plans of the Employer or related employers.

          4. Change of Status. The cumulative Accrued Benefit or Account of a Participant who
was formerly a Key Employee, but who ceases to be a Key Employee for a Plan Year, shall not be
taken into account for purposes of the 60% Test for the Plan Year in which he or she is not a Key
Employee.

          5. Non-Performance of Service. The Accounts and Accrued Benefits of a Participant who
has not performed services for the Employer maintaining the Plan during the five (5) year period
ending on the Determination Date shall be disregarded.

          6. Determination of Present Value. The present value of cumulative accrued benefits
under any aggregated defined benefit pension plan maintained by the Employer shall be determined by
applying the actuarial equivalents set forth in such defined benefit pension plan.

          7. Determination of Accrued Benefit. Solely for the purpose of determining if the
Plan, or any other plan included in a Required Aggregation Group of which this Plan is a part, is
top-heavy (within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code) the accrued benefit of an Employee
other than a Key Employee (within the meaning of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) shall be determined
under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans
maintained by the Controlled Group; or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued
not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual rate of
Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

     D. Minimum Vesting Requirements. If the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, then the partial vesting
provisions of Paragraph A.5 of Article VI are modified to the extent necessary to provide for
vesting at a faster rate during the relevant Plan Year under either of the following vesting
schedules, as elected in Paragraph V of Article I:

          1. 3-Year Cliff Vesting. Each Employee who has completed three (3) Years of Vested
Service with the Employer shall be 100% vested in his or her Accrued Benefit.

          2. 6-Year Graded Vesting. Each Employee shall have a
non-forfeitable vested interest in his or her Accrued Benefit determined under the following
schedule:

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Vested Percentage
	 	 	Years of	 	 	 	 	of the Participant’s
	 	 	Vesting Service	 	 	 	 	Accrued Benefit
	 
	 	less than
2	 	 	 	 	 	0	%
	 
	 	 	2	 	 	 	 	 	20	%
	 
	 	 	3	 	 	 	 	 	40	%
	 
	 	 	4	 	 	 	 	 	60	%
	 
	 	 	5	 	 	 	 	 	80	%
	 
	 	 	6 or more	  	 	 	 	100	%

          3. Limitations on Right to Amend Vesting Schedule. The limitations of Paragraph K of
Article VI regarding the right to amend the vesting schedule shall apply to any change in the
vesting schedule caused by the Plan becoming a Top-heavy Plan, or ceasing to be a Top-heavy Plan.

     E. Minimum Benefit Requirement. If the Plan is a Top-heavy Plan, then to the extent that
the Plan benefits do not meet the minimum benefit requirements set forth below, each Participant
who is not a Key Employee shall be provided with such minimum benefits. Key Employees shall share
in the allocation of Top-heavy minimum benefits, if any, as described in this Paragraph E, if
elected in Article I. Such minimum benefits shall be determined without taking into account
Employer contributions to or a Participant’s benefits under the Social Security Act. To the extent
that the minimum benefit of any Participant is vested in accordance with Paragraph D of this
Article VIII, such minimum Accrued Benefit may not be forfeited or suspended under Section
411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the Code.

          1. 3% Benefit. Each Participant who is not a Key Employee shall receive an allocation
of Employer contributions (and forfeitures, if applicable) of not less than three percent (3%) or
such higher percentage of such Participant’s Section 415 Compensation as elected in Article I;
provided, however, that if there is an allocation of Employer contributions (and forfeitures, if
applicable) of less than three percent (3%) of Section 415 Compensation in any Plan Year for all
Employees, the allocation of such contributions (and forfeitures, if applicable) need not exceed
the highest percentage of Section 415 Compensation at which such contributions (and forfeitures, if
applicable) are allocated or required to be allocated under the Plan for any Key Employee. If the
top-heavy contribution is less than three percent (3%), then Elective Contributions made by Key
Employees shall be included in determining the Key Employee percentage of contribution. If a Key
Employee participates in a defined benefit plan which is included with this Plan in a Top-heavy
Group, a three percent (3%) minimum benefit will be provided to each Non-Key Employee who only
participates in this Plan.

               All defined contribution plans required to be included in an Aggregation Group shall be
treated as one (1) plan; provided, however, that any defined
contribution plan required to be included in an Aggregation Group where such plan

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

enables a
defined benefit pension plan to meet the anti-discrimination requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and
410 of the Code shall not be taken into account.

          2. Persons Covered. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan,
each person who is a Participant (other than an Inactive Participant) on the last day of the Plan
Year shall have allocated to his or her Employer Contribution Account the minimum benefits provided
under this Paragraph E even if such Participant (i) fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during
the Plan Year;
(ii) refuses to make mandatory contributions to the Plan, if applicable; or (iii) is excluded
from participation under the Plan because his or her Section 415 Compensation is less than a stated
amount.

          3. Profit Sharing and Retirement Savings Plans. Participant Elective Contributions
made pursuant to Paragraph H.2 of Article I shall be taken into account in determining the minimum
benefit requirements of Paragraphs E and G of this Article VIII.

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, Elective Contributions and Qualified
Matching Contributions shall be treated as contributions for purposes of determining the minimum
contribution or benefits allocated to Key Employees under Section 416 of the Code but will not be
treated as satisfying the minimum contribution or benefit requirements of Section 416 of the Code
for Non-Key Employees. However, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions described in Section
401(m)(4)(C) of the Code and Matching Contributions not used to satisfy the 401(k) and 401(m)
discrimination tests may be used to satisfy minimum contribution requirements for Non-Key
Employees.

               For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may not
be used to satisfy the top-heavy minimum contribution or benefit requirement of Section 416 of the
Code. However, Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions may be used to satisfy such
top-heavy minimum requirements.

     F. Annual Section 415 Compensation. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, Section
415 Compensation shall be limited to the Compensation Limitation. For Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1983 and before January 1, 1989, for purposes of determining the retirement benefits
under a Top-heavy defined benefit pension plan and the allocations of contributions (and
forfeitures, if applicable) under a Top-heavy defined contribution plan, the maximum amount of
Section 415 Compensation of any Participant shall not exceed $200,000.00, as such amount may be
annually adjusted for cost of living increases in Plan Years at the same time and in the same
manner allowed by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Regulations to be issued under Section
415(d) of the Code.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-6

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     G. Multiple Plans. If this Plan is the only qualified plan of the Employer in which a
Participant who is a Non-Key Employee participates, the minimum benefits required by Paragraph E.1
of this Article VII shall be provided under this Plan. If such Participant participates in this
Plan and a defined benefit plan included in a Top-heavy Group or in another defined contribution
plan of the Employer included in a Top-heavy Group, the top-heavy minimum benefits shall be
provided under the Plan designated in Article I.

          1. Special Section 416 Rules. If such multiple plans, including this Plan, consist of
a defined benefit pension plan and a defined contribution plan, the Rule of 1.0 as set forth in
Article V of the Plan (as it may be modified by the Top-heavy Plan transitional rule under Section
416(h)(3) of the Code) shall be in effect only if the following two (2) requirements are satisfied:

               (a) The Employer shall designate in Article I whether this Plan or another plan provides for
the additional top-heavy minimum benefits for purposes of Section 416(h) of the Code. If the
Employer elects in Article I to provide the additional top-heavy minimum benefits, and the
conditions of subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph G apply, Non-Key Employees covered only by the
Employer’s defined contribution plan will receive a four percent (4%) top-heavy minimum benefit.

               (b) The sum of the cumulative Accrued Benefits and the aggregate of accounts held for Key
Employees under the plans cannot exceed 90% of a similar sum for all Employees.

               If either of the requirements of subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph G.1 is not met,
then for purposes of the Rule of 1.0 as set forth in Article V of the Plan, the number “1.25” as
applied to the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction and to the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction shall be
replaced by the number “1.0.”

          2. Repeal of the Rule of 1.0. For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1999,
Paragraph G.1 of this Article VIII shall no longer apply unless otherwise elected in Article I.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE VIII
	 	VIII-7

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

IX. DESIGNATED BENEFICIARIES

     Each Participant and Inactive Participant may name a Designated Beneficiary to receive his or
her death benefits by completing a form acceptable to the Committee. Participants shall have the
right at any time to revoke such designation or to substitute another Designated Beneficiary. If
at the death of a Participant or a Designated Beneficiary, the name of a Designated Beneficiary or
contingent Designated Beneficiary is not on file with the Committee, the Participant shall be
deemed to have named the following Designated Beneficiary, in order of priority:

          (i) The Surviving Spouse (as defined in Paragraph A.5 of Article VII, without regard to the
one-year marriage requirement);

          (ii) If the Participant is not survived by a Surviving Spouse, the trustees of the revocable
living trust established by the Participant during his or her lifetime;

          (iii) The Participant’s children, per stirpes;

          (iv) The Participant’s estate.

          The Committee’s determination as to which persons, if any, qualify within the aforementioned
categories shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE IX
	 	IX-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

X. CONTRIBUTIONS BY PARTICIPANTS

     A. Employee After-Tax Contributions.

          1. Eligibility. If allowed under Article I, all Participants are eligible to make
Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan by submitting an application on forms acceptable to
the Committee. All such applications shall include the Participant’s acceptance of the relevant
terms and conditions of this Plan. If such contributions are to be made by payroll deduction, such
application shall state the Participant’s designation of the proportion of his or her Section 415
Compensation which he or she shall contribute, and his or her consent to the withholding of such
contributions by the Employer. Contributions may also be made by the Participant in a single-sum
form by direct contribution. A Participant may continue to make Employee After-Tax Contributions
throughout the period he or she is a Participant; provided, however, that a Participant shall have
the absolute right to discontinue payroll deduction Employee After-Tax Contributions as of the end
of any month following the month in which he or she gives written notice thereof to the Employer.

          2. Amount of Contributions. A Participant may contribute to the Trust such amounts as
he or she shall determine as set forth in his or her written election; provided, however, that such
amounts shall not exceed the limitations of Paragraph E of Article V. A Participant may change the
amount of his or her Employee After-Tax Contributions withheld by payroll deduction once during
each Plan Year, and any other time permitted by the Committee, with respect to future contributions
by filing a written election with the Committee.

          3. Collection of Contributions. All contributions received by the Employer, whether
by withholding or by direct payment from the Participant, shall be paid over by the Employer to the
Trustee.

     B. Rollover Contributions. If allowed under Article I, any Employee who is a Participant
during any Plan Year, or any Employee who the Committee reasonably anticipates will become a
Participant, may make qualified Rollover Contributions to the Plan. If the Committee shall
determine, subsequent to any such contribution, that such contribution did not in fact constitute a
qualified Rollover Contribution, the amount of such contribution shall be returned to the Employee
as soon thereafter as reasonably practicable. Any such qualified Rollover Contributions shall be
allocated and held on behalf of the Participant in a Rollover Contribution Account. Said Account
shall be deemed a part of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit and shall be subject to the
distribution provisions of Article VII of the Plan.

     C. Separate Administration and Accounts for Participant Contributions. The Employee After-Tax
Contributions and the Rollover Contributions of a Participant shall be

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

accounted for separately.
The Committee shall establish an Employee After-Tax Contribution Account for each Participant’s
Employee After-Tax Contributions and a Rollover Contribution Account for his or her Rollover
Contributions. Unless Participant Directed Accounts are allowed under Article I, a Participant’s
Employee After-Tax Contribution Account and Rollover Contribution Account shall be invested in the
general Trust Fund. On each Valuation Date, the Committee shall determine the fair market value of
such Accounts and (subject to the following sentence) shall allocate income or losses to the
respective Accounts in proportion to the amounts therein as of the Valuation Date. For the purpose
of allocating income and losses, the Accounts to which Participants’ contributions are allocated
shall be valued by including only a portion of current year contributions and taking into account
Participant withdrawals, which portion shall be determined on a weighted basis by considering the
length of time (in complete months) since the making of the contribution (or withdrawal) in
relation to the number of complete months elapsed since the last Valuation Date.

     D. Vesting. A Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contribution Account and Rollover Contribution
Account shall at all times be fully vested.

     E. Withdrawal of Contributions. The balance of the Employee After-Tax Contribution Account as
of any Anniversary Date may be withdrawn upon 90 days written notice to the Committee, severance of
employment being automatically deemed such notice; provided, however, that such 90 day period may
be extended by the Committee to satisfy liquidity needs of the Trust. Any Participant who
withdraws 90% of his or her Employee After-Tax Contribution Account within one (1) Plan Year must
withdraw his or her entire Employee After-Tax Contribution Account and shall be ineligible to make
Employee After-Tax Contributions for the period ending on the Anniversary Date following one (1)
year from the date of the last such withdrawal. If this Plan is subject to Section 417 of the
Code, the withdrawal of all or any portion of a Participant’s Employee After-Tax Contributions
shall be subject to the annuity provisions of Article VII of the Plan.

     F. Distribution of Rollover Contribution Accounts. When a Participant terminates employment
for any reason, his or her Rollover Contribution Accounts shall be distributed to him or her (or in
the case of death, to his or her Designated Beneficiary) in the form designated by the Participant
as required pursuant to the provisions of Article VII of the Plan. If elected in Article I, a
Participant may receive his or her Rollover Contribution Account prior to termination of
employment.

     G. Limitations on Section 401(m) Contributions.

          1. Contribution Percentage Limitation.

               (a) For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1997, the amount of Qualifying Section 401(m)
Contributions made on behalf of the group of Highly

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Compensated Employees shall not result in an
Average Contribution Percentage that exceeds the greater of the following:

                    (i) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                    (ii) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by two (2); provided that the
Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does
not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated Employees by more than two (2) percentage points or such lesser amount as the Secretary
of the Treasury shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with
respect to any Highly Compensated Employee.

               (b) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the amount of Qualifying Section 401(m)
Contributions made on behalf of the group consisting of Highly Compensated Employees shall not
result in an Actual Deferral Percentage that exceeds the greater of the following:

                    (i) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for
Eligible Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the current or the preceding Plan Year, as elected in
Article I, multiplied by 1.25; or

                    (ii) The Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated
Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the current or the preceding Plan Year, as elected in
Article I, multiplied by two (2); provided that the Average Contribution Percentage for Eligible
Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed the Average Contribution
Percentage for Eligible Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the current or preceding Plan Year, as elected in Article
I, by more than two (2) percentage points or such lesser amount as the Secretary of the Treasury
shall prescribe to prevent the multiple use of this alternative limitation with respect to any
Highly Compensated Employee.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               For the first Plan Year in which the Plan (other than a successor plan) provides for a
Matching Contribution or After-Tax Employer Contribution, the Average Contribution Percentage of
Non-Highly Compensated Employees under the prior year testing method shall be the greater of three
percent (3%) or the Average Contribution Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
first Plan Year.

               If the Plan provides for the prior year testing method, the Average Contribution Percentage
shall be determined without regard to changes in the group of Non-Highly Compensated Employees who
are Eligible Participants during the testing year.

          2. Matching Contributions. If elected in Article I, Matching Contributions may be
made to the Plan. Such Matching Contributions shall be allocated in accordance with Article I.

          3. Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions. If Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions are made to this Plan, the Average Contribution Percentage shall be deemed satisfied
but only with respect to Matching Contributions provided that the following requirements are met:

               (a) Each Non-Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to receive an allocation of Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contributions under the Plan must
be an Eligible Participant under the Plan’s cash or deferred arrangement;

               (b) The Plan provides for a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula as described in either
Section 401(k)(12)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Basic Matching Formula”) and no other required
Matching Contributions are provided under the Plan or Section 401(m)(11)(B)(ii) of the Code (the
“Enhanced Matching Formula”) and with respect to the Enhanced Matching Formula, the Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions are only made with respect to Elective Contributions or Employee
After-Tax Contributions that do not exceed six percent (6%) of the Employee’s Compensation and
no other required Matching Contributions are provided under this Plan. Alternatively, the Plan
provides for a Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer Contribution formula that satisfies Section
401(k)(12)(C) of the Code and any required Matching Contributions that do not exceed six percent
(6%) of Compensation;

               (c) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999, Matching Contributions made at the
Employer’s discretion on behalf of any Participant may not exceed a dollar amount greater than four
percent (4%) of such Participant’s Compensation and are only made with respect to Elective
Contributions or Employee’s After-Tax Contributions that do not exceed six percent (6%) of the
Participant’s Compensation; and

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-4

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               (d) Effective for the Plan quarter beginning after May 1, 2000, if Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions are made on a payroll period method rather than on an annual method, then such Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the following Plan
Year quarter;

               (e) Safe Harbor Matching Contributions must also satisfy the requirements of Paragraph F of
Article IV.

          4. Simple 401(k) Plan. A Simple 401(k) Plan shall not be subject to the Contribution
Percentage limitation.

          5. Special Rules.

               (a) For purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage limitation, Employee After-Tax
Contributions are taken into account for a Plan Year in which such amounts were contributed to the
trust or paid to an agent of the Plan and transmitted to the trust within a reasonable time after
the payment to the agent. Excess Contributions that are recharacterized are taken into account as
Employee After-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year that includes the period for which such Excess
Contributions are includable in the gross income of the Employee.

               (b) A Matching Contribution or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution will be taken into account
under the Contribution Percentage limitation for the Plan Year only if such contribution is (i)
allocated to the Employee Account under the terms of the Plan as of any date within the Plan Year;
(ii) actually paid to the trust no later than the end of the 12-month period beginning on the date
after the close of the Plan Year; and (iii) made on behalf of the Employee on account of such
Employee’s Elective Contributions or Employee After-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year. Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions may be allocated only to Non-Highly Compensated Participants.
Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions that do not satisfy all of the
preceding requirements of this subparagraph (b) may not be taken in account for purposes of the
Average Contribution Percentage limitation. Instead, the contribution must satisfy Section
401(a)(4) of the Code without regard to the special non-discrimination rule in this paragraph for
the Plan Year in which allocated as if they were the only Employer allocation for that Plan Year.

     H. Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions. If the Committee recharacterizes Excess
Contributions as described in Paragraph J.5 of Article IV, the recharacterized amount shall be
subject to the Contribution Percentage limitation of Section 401(m) of the Code. Excess
Contributions recharacterized as Employee
After-Tax Contributions shall be included in determining the amount of Excess Aggregate

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-5

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Contributions for the Plan Year that ends with or within the Plan Year for which the Contribution
Percentage limitation is applied.

          The Committee may correct Excess Aggregate Contributions by distributing the Excess Aggregate
Contributions and income allocated thereto to the appropriate Highly Compensated Employee after the
close of the Plan Year but not more than 12 months after the close of the Plan Year. The return of
Excess Aggregate Contributions to the Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined using the
same method applied to the return of Excess Contributions.

          The Committee may correct Excess Aggregate Contributions by the forfeiture of nonvested
Matching Contributions (and income allocable thereto). Such forfeitures shall be made only to the
extent necessary to avoid failure of the Contribution Percentage limitation. The forfeiture of
Excess Aggregate Contributions to the Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined using the
same method applied to the return of Excess Contributions.

     I. Reserved.

     J. Distribution of Income. Any distribution or forfeiture of Excess Aggregate Contributions
must include the income or loss allocated to such contributions. Allocable income or loss includes
income or loss both from the Plan Year in which the Contribution Percentage limitation was exceeded
and for the gap period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution. Allocable
income or loss for the Plan Year is determined by multiplying the income or loss for the Plan Year
allocable to Qualifying Section 401(m) Contributions by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Excess Aggregate Contributions made on behalf of an Employee for the Plan Year and the denominator
of which is the total Account balance attributed to Qualifying Section 401(m) Contributions as of
the end of the Plan Year minus the income or plus the loss allocable to such account balance for
the Plan Year. The Committee may determine the allocable income or loss for the gap period by
using the fractional method, as prescribed in the preceding sentence, for the period between the
end of the Plan Year and the last day of the month preceding the distribution date that is
allocable to Qualifying 401(m) Contributions. Alternatively the Committee may determine income or
loss for the gap period under a safe-harbor method, under which income on Excess Aggregate
Contributions for the gap period is equal to 10% of the income or loss allocable to Excess
Aggregate Contributions calculated under the fractional method as
described above in this paragraph for the Plan Year, times the number of calendar months between
the end of the Plan Year and the date of distribution counting whole months only and treating
distributions made on or before the 15th day of the month as made on the last day of the
preceding month and distributions made after the first 15 days of the month as occurring on the
first day of the next month. Notwithstanding the preceding, the Committee may exclude gap period
income so long as such exclusion is applied consistently to all Participants and corrective
distributions for the

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-6

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Plan Year. The income allowable to Excess Aggregate Contributions resulting
from the recharacterization of Elective Contributions shall be determined and distributed as if
such recharacterized Elective Contributions had been distributed as Excess Contributions.

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Committee may use any reasonable method for
computing income allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions provided the method is
non-discriminatory and is applied consistently to all Participants and corrective distributions for
the Plan Year. Such reasonable method may include or exclude gap period income.

     K. Coordination with Section 401(a)(4) of the Code. Matching Contributions attributable to
Employee After-Tax Contributions or Elective Contributions which are returned to the Highly
Compensated Employee shall not remain allocated to the Highly Compensated Employee. The
distribution of a matched Employee After-Tax Contribution or Elective Contribution to a Highly
Compensated Employee must include the corresponding Matching Contribution. Unmatched Employee
After-Tax Contributions shall be distributed first. To the extent necessary, matched Employee
After-Tax Contributions shall be distributed, in which case the distribution must be made
proportionately from the matched and Matching Contributions. A Matching Contribution that is
forfeited to cover an Excess Aggregate Contribution is not taken into account under the
Contribution Percentage limitation.

          If an Elective Contribution is returned to a Highly Compensated Employee and a corresponding
Matching Contribution relates to such Elective Contribution, the Committee may forfeit such
Matching Contribution regardless of vesting in order to satisfy Section 401(a)(4) of the Code.

     L. Additional Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions. Rather than returning Excess
Aggregate Contributions, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may make additional Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions or may apply Elective Contributions to satisfy the Contribution
Percentage limitation provided that the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions and Elective
Contributions that will be treated as Matching Contributions are made with respect to Employees who
are Eligible Participants under the Plan. Furthermore, such contributions will be treated as
Matching Contributions only if the additional requirements described below are satisfied:

          1. The Nonelective Employer Contributions including Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions treated as Matching Contributions shall satisfy Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and,
for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1993 or such later effective date as determined by the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue, Section 1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-7

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          2. The Nonelective Employer Contributions excluding Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions treated as Matching Contributions for the Contribution Percentage limitation and
Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions treated as Elective Contributions for the Actual
Deferral Percentage limitation shall satisfy Section 401(a)(4) of the Code and for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 1993, or such later effective date as determined by the Commissioner
of Internal Revenue, Section 1.401(a)(4)-1(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

          3. The Elective Contributions including those treated as Matching Contributions for purposes
of the Contribution Percentage limitation shall satisfy Section 401(k)(3) of the Code.

          4. Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions shall be allocated to the Employee within the
Plan Year, and the Elective Contributions shall relate to Compensation for the Plan Year or
Compensation that would have been received within 21/2 months after the Plan Year and are allocated
within the Plan Year.

          5. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, the plan which treats Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions and Elective Contributions as Matching Contributions and the
plan to which the Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions and Elective Contributions are made
must have the same Plan Year. If the Plan Year is changed to satisfy this requirement, such
contributions may be taken into account during the short Plan Year if they satisfy the allocation
requirements for Elective Contributions.

          6. If the Employer has elected to apply the prior year testing method to calculate the
Contribution Percentage limitation, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions must be made no
later than twelve (12) months following the last day of the Plan Year preceding the current Plan
Year to satisfy the Contribution Percentage limitation. If the Employer has elected to apply the
current year testing method to calculate the Contribution Percentage limitation, Qualified
Nonelective Employer Contributions must be made no later than twelve (12) months following the
close of the current Plan Year to satisfy the Contribution Percentage limitation.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-8

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     M. Correction of Excess Aggregate Contribution Prior to the Plan Year. If the Committee
determines that the Contribution Percentage is being exceeded during the Plan Year, the Committee
may suspend the group of Highly Compensated Employees
by suspending Matching Contributions or Employee After-Tax Contributions or any other contributions
which result in additional contributions under Section 401(m) of the Code to satisfy the
Contribution Percentage limitation. The Committee shall give notice to such Employees of the
amounts to be reduced. The determination of the reduction shall be made in accordance with the
same method used for the return of Excess Aggregate Contributions or pro rata as elected in Article
I.

     N. Coordination with Correction of Excess Contributions and Excess Deferrals. The
determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with respect to a Plan Year shall be
made after determining the Excess Contribution, if any, to be treated as an Employee After-Tax
Contribution due to recharacterization under Section 401(k) of the Code for the Plan Year subject
to Section 401(k) of the Code ending with the Plan Year being tested under Section 401(m) of the
Code. Excess Aggregate Contributions attributed to amounts other than Employee After-Tax
Contributions, including forfeited Matching Contributions, shall be treated as Employer
Contributions for purposes of Sections 404 and 415 of the Code even if distributed from the Plan.

     O. Prevention of Multiple Use.

          1. Multiple Use Condition. Multiple use of the alternative limitation occurs if all
of the following conditions of this Paragraph O are satisfied:

               (a) One (1) or more Highly Compensated Employees of the Employer or a Controlled Group are
eligible both in a cash or deferred arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code and in any
plan maintained by such Employer subject to Section 401(m) of the Code.

               (b) The sum of the Actual Deferral Percentage of the entire group of eligible Highly
Compensated Employees under the arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code and the Average
Contribution Percentage of the entire group of eligible Highly Compensated Employees under the Plan
subject to Section 401(m) of the Code exceeds the aggregate limit of Paragraph O.2 of this Article
X.

               (c) The Actual Deferral Percentage of the entire group of eligible Highly Compensated
Employees under the arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code exceeds the 1.25 test as
described in Section 401(k)(3)(A)(ii)(l) of the Code.

               (d) The Average Contribution Percentage of the entire group of eligible Highly Compensated
Employees under the arrangement subject to

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-9

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Section 401(m) of the Code exceeds the 1.25 test as
described in Section 401(m)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.

          2. Aggregate Limit. For purposes of this Paragraph O, the aggregate limit is the
greater of:

               (a) The sum of:

                    (i) 125% of the greater of (A) the Actual Deferral Percentage of the group of Non-Highly
Compensated Employees eligible under the arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code for the
Plan Year; or (B) the Average Contribution Percentage of the group of Non-Highly Compensated
Employees eligible under the Plan Year subject to Section 401(m) of the Code for the Plan Year
beginning with or within the Plan Year of the arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code;
and

                    (ii) Two (2) plus the lesser of clauses (A) or (B) of Paragraph O.2(a)(i) above. In no event,
however, shall this amount exceed 200% of the lesser of such clauses (A) or (B); or

               (b) The sum of:

                    (i) 125% of the lesser of (A) the Actual Deferral Percentage of the group of eligible
Non-Highly Compensated Employees under the arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code for
the Plan Year; or (B) the Average Contribution Percentage of the group of eligible Non-Highly
Compensated Employees under the Plan subject to Section 401(m) of the Code for the Plan Year
beginning with or within the Plan Year of the arrangement subject to Section 401(k) of the Code;
and

                    (ii) Two (2) plus the greater of clauses (A) or (B) of Paragraph O.2(b)(i) above. In no
event, however, should this amount exceed 200% of the greater of such clauses (A) or (B).

               The Actual Deferral Percentage and the Average Contribution Percentage of the group of
eligible Highly Compensated Employees shall be determined after the use of Qualified Nonelective
Employer Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions to meet the requirements of Section
401(k)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code and after using Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions and
Elective Contributions to meet the requirements of Section 401(m)(2)(A) of the Code. The Actual
Deferral Percentage and the Average Contribution Percentage of the group of eligible Highly
Compensated Employees shall be determined after any corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals,
Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions and after any recharacterization of Excess
Contributions required without regard to this paragraph. If

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-10

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

the Employer maintains two (2) or more
plans subject to Section 401(k) or 401(m) of the Code, then multiple use shall be tested separately
with respect to each Section 401(k)
arrangement and each plan or aggregate group of plans if the Section 401(k) arrangement and
each plan subject to Section 401(m) of the Code are not aggregated.

               If a multiple use of the alternative limitation occurs with respect to this Plan or with
respect to two (2) or more plans or arrangements maintained by the Employer, such multiple use
shall be corrected by reducing the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Average Contribution
Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees. The amount of the reduction to the Actual Deferral
Percentage or the Average Contribution Percentage of the entire group of Highly Compensated
Employees shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the method as stated in this Plan. The
Employer may elect to reduce the actual deferred ratios or the Contribution Percentage ratios, as
designated in Article I, either for all Highly Compensated Employees under the Plan and/or
arrangements subject to the reduction or for only those Highly Compensated Employees who are
eligible in both the arrangements subject to Section 401(k) of the Code and the Plan subject to
Section 401(m) of the Code.

               Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, the Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Employer
Contributions to correct the multiple limitations.

               The restrictions of multiple use do not apply if Safe Harbor Nonelective Employer
Contributions are provided to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation or Safe Harbor
Matching Contributions are either provided to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage limitation or
the Contribution Percentage limitation, provided that the Plan does not provide for Employee
After-Tax Contributions.

     P. Aggregation Rules for Section 401(m) Contributions. If the Employer maintains two (2) or
more plans to which Employee After-Tax Contributions or Matching Contributions are made, then the
plans may be considered as a single plan for purposes of determining whether or not such plans
satisfy Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m) or 410(b) of the Code, other than Section 410(b)(2)(A) of the
Code. In such case, the aggregated plans must satisfy the Contribution Percentage limitation with
respect to the amount of the Employee After-Tax Contributions and Matching Contributions and
additionally must satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b) of the Code as though such aggregated plans
were a single plan. Whenever a Highly Compensated Employee is eligible under two (2) or more plans
of the Employer which are subject to Section 401(m) of the Code, in calculating the Contribution
Percentage limitation, the actual contribution ratio of such Highly Compensated Employee will be
determined by treating all such plans in which such Highly Compensated Employee is an Eligible
Participant as a single plan.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-11

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          Except for certain plans in existence on November 1, 1977, for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1988, contributions allocated under a plan described in
Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code cannot be combined with contributions or allocations under any
plan not described in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code including required aggregation of a Highly
Compensated Employee. However, a plan described in Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code may provide for
contributions as described in Section 401(k)(12) of the Code. Mandatory disaggregation shall also
apply to plans described under Sections 1.401(m)-1(b)(3)(ii) and 1.401(k)-1(g)(11)(iii) of the
Treasury Regulations. However, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1990, for purposes of
the average benefit percentage test under Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii) of the Code, a plan described in
Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code shall be aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before January 1,
1991, the Employer shall have the option to aggregate such plans for purposes of the average
benefit percentage test. Plans that are to be aggregated may only be aggregated if they have the
same Plan Year.

          The rules regarding the aggregation and disaggregation of cash or deferred arrangements and
plans shall also apply for purposes of Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) of the Code.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE X
	 	X-12

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XI. LIFE INSURANCE POLICIES

     A. Investment and Ownership of Life Insurance Policies. The Committee may direct the Trustee
to purchase life insurance policies on the life of a Participant or on a member of the
Participant’s family or on the joint life expectancy of a Participant and a member of the
Participant’s family. The Trustee shall be the applicant for any policies purchased, and each
Participant for whom such policy is purchased shall direct in writing that the Trustee shall be
recognized by the insurer as the owner of the policy having the power to exercise all rights,
privileges, options, elections and other incidents of ownership granted by or permitted under the
policy. The Trustee shall also be named as the Beneficiary in the application for such policy;
provided, however, that the Participant shall have the right to nominate the Designated Beneficiary
pursuant to Article IX of the Plan.

     B. Payment of Premiums. Upon receipt of notice of the premiums due the insurer for the
initial premium on policies purchased pursuant to this Article XI and upon direction of the
Committee, the Trustee shall pay such premiums to said insurer. The policies shall be delivered to
the Trustee, and any notices of premiums falling due under such policies thereafter shall be
addressed to and such premiums shall be paid by the Trustee.

     C. Accounting for Policies. The value of any policies purchased by the Trustee pursuant to
this Article XI shall be included in the annual valuations of the Plan.

     D. Discrimination. To the extent that policies are purchased, there shall be no
discrimination between Participants as to the form, optional methods of settlement, or other
provisions of said policies. However, any Participant may refuse any offer to purchase contracts
for his or her benefit. Such refusal must be in writing and, when tendered, shall satisfy the
anti-discrimination intent of the first sentence of this Paragraph D.

     E. Disposition Upon Retirement or Total Disability. If any Participant with respect to whom a
policy is held by the Trustee ceases to be a Participant as a result of termination of employment
(other than by death) on or after Normal Retirement Age or Total Disability, the Trustee pursuant
to the direction and discretion of the Committee shall either (i) dispose of, or convert, such
policy or policies to the extent necessary or desirable in order that the proceeds of such
disposition or conversion may be used to provide retirement or disability benefits to the
Participant in accordance with the provisions of this Plan; or (ii) distribute such policy or
policies to the Participant, provided such policy complies with Paragraph B.4(b) of Article VII.

     F. Disposition Upon Other Separation From Service. Death benefits payable from policies on
the life of a Participant shall cease as of the date of the Participant’s separation from service
for any reason other than death, Total Disability or termination of employment on or after Normal
Retirement Age. In such event, the Trustee, subject to the

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XI
	 	XI-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

direction and discretion of the
Committee, shall make one (1) of the following dispositions of such policy or polices:

          1. Surrender each such policy to cash or designate itself as Beneficiary of each such policy.

          2. Offer to such Participant all such policies at a price (hereafter referred to as the
“purchase price”) equal to the cash value if the policy is whole life or accumulation value if the
policy is interest sensitive or universal life. If the Participant accepts such offer, the
purchase price shall be charged against his or her vested interest in that portion of the value of
his or her Accrued Benefit not represented by such policies, and any excess of such purchase price
over such vested interest shall be paid by the Participant to the Trustee in cash within 10 days
after accepting such offer. If the offer is so accepted and any required payment made, the Trustee
shall transfer ownership of such policies to such Participant. If such Participant does not accept
such offer within 30 days after written notice from the Committee, the Trustee shall take such
action as the Committee may direct to liquidate such policies in order to distribute to such
Participant the amount to which he or she is entitled pursuant to this Plan.

          3. Effect a policy loan upon all such policies from the insurer on the sole security of the
policies in an amount determined by applying to the then cash value of each such policy a
percentage equal to the excess of 100% over the percent vested in such Participant in accordance
with the schedule of vesting set forth in this Plan. The loan proceeds shall go to and become the
property of the Trust, and the Trustee shall, after effecting such loan, deliver such policy to the
Participant subject to such loan.

     G. Policy Loans. Except as provided in Paragraph F.3 of this Article XI, policy loans under
the loan provisions, if any, may be made by the Trustee proportionately against all contracts held
by the Trust and solely for the purpose of paying premiums under such contracts. No loan shall be
made on any policy on the life of any Participant to pay premiums on the life of any other
Participant.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XI
	 	XI-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

     H. Insurer Not a Party. The insurer shall not be deemed a party to this Plan, and its
obligation shall be measured and determined solely by the terms of its policies. The insurer shall
deal with the Trustee as the sole and absolute owner of the policies, and the insurer shall be
under no obligation of inquiring or determining whether any action or failure to act on the part of
the Trustee is in accordance with or authorized by the terms of this Plan. The insurer shall be
fully
discharged from any and all liability for any action taken or any amount paid in accordance with
the direction of the Trustee, and the insurer shall not be obligated to see to the distribution or
application of any money so paid. The insurer shall be fully discharged of all liability in
dealing with the Trustee, as indicated on its records, until such time as it shall receive
satisfactory evidence of the appointment and acceptance of a successor Trustee.

     I. Reserved.

     J. Insurance Limitations. If the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase life insurance, the
following limitations shall apply:

          1. The cumulative premium for ordinary life insurance contracts shall be less than 50% of the
aggregate Employer contributions allocated to any Participant;

          2. The cumulative premium for term and universal life insurance shall be less than 25% of the
aggregate Employer contributions allocated to any Participant;

          3. The cumulative premium for a combination of ordinary life insurance and term and universal
life insurance contracts shall be less than 25% of the aggregate Employer contributions allocated
to any Participant. However, for purposes of this Paragraph J.3, 50% of the premium paid for the
ordinary life insurance policies shall be excluded from the calculations.

          4. If the level annual premiums (with respect to a Participant) required to be paid on account
of life insurance policies exceed the limitations described in this Paragraph J, then at the
election of the Committee:

               (a) Employee contributions of the Participant, if available, shall be used to sustain the
level of such premiums, and if not available, the insurer shall adjust the face amount of the
policies to a basis consistent with the reduced contributions applicable to payment of premiums and
shall credit resulting excess cash values to succeeding premiums due under the policies; or

               (b) The Committee may direct the Trustee to request the insurer to convert the existing
insurance policies to paid-up policies other than term insurance and issue new policies for the
lower premiums at the attained age of the Participant; or to pay over the entire cash values to the
Trustee upon surrender of the policies.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XI
	 	XI-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XII. TRUST

     A. Payment of Contributions. All contributions under this Plan shall be paid to the Trustee
to be held in trust under a Trust Agreement executed by the Employer and the Trustee, which Trust
Agreement shall be incorporated herein by this reference.

     B. Participant Directed Accounts. If allowed under Article I, each Participant shall have the
right and power to direct the investment of all assets of the designated Accounts which have been
allocated to and set aside in his or her name. Such power to direct investments shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of the Trust Agreement and shall not include the power to invest in
“collectibles” as defined in Section 408(m) of the Code and may be limited as described in the
following paragraph.

          The Committee may establish nondiscriminatory rules and procedures relating to Participants
directing investments, Participants selecting brokers, Participants appointing investment managers
and Plan fiduciaries meeting their duties under ERISA Section 404(c) and its regulations.

          The Committee shall have the sole discretion to modify and replace any and all of these rules
and procedures without further amendment to the Plan or Trust. The Committee shall notify the
Trustee and Participants within a reasonable time after the adoption of any change to these rules
and procedures. Inactive Participants are solely responsible for informing the Committee of
current addresses where changes in these rules and procedures may be sent.

          The Participant’s right to direct the investment of their Accounts may be limited by the
Committee’s selection of investment options. The Committee shall have the sole discretion to
delete or substitute investment options without further amendment to the Plan or Trust. Notice
shall be given to Participants within a reasonable time after the adoption by the Committee of any
changes in investment options. Inactive Participants shall have the sole responsibility for
keeping the Committee informed of their current addresses for the Committee’s use in informing such
Inactive Participants of any changes in investment options.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XII
	 	XII-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XIII. THE ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE

     A. Committee Membership. The Sponsoring Employer shall appoint an administrative Committee of
one (1) or more persons, some or all of whom may be officers or involved in management of the
Employer; provided, however, that the Committee may be comprised of members of the Board, and the
Employer may designate its Board to serve as the Committee as the same may be constituted from time
to time. The Employer shall certify to the Trustee the names and specimen signatures of the
members of the Committee. The Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Employer and any
members of the Committee may resign by written instrument addressed to the Employer and may be
removed by the Employer with or without cause. While a vacancy exists, the remaining member(s) of
the Committee may perform any act which the Committee is authorized to perform.

     B. Named Fiduciary and Plan Administration. The Sponsoring Employer is the named fiduciary,
administrator of the Plan, and agent to receive service of legal process and, except as otherwise
provided for herein, shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Plan. The Committee, as agent for the administrator and subject to the
administrator’s approval, shall make such rules, regulations, interpretations and computations and
shall take such other action to administer the Plan as the Committee may deem appropriate in its
sole discretion. The Committee shall administer the Plan in a non-discriminatory manner consistent
with the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code. The Committee shall resolve by majority vote
all questions involving the interpretation, application and administration of the Plan. The
Committee’s resolution of such questions shall be final and binding upon the Participants, their
Beneficiaries, and the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of any of them.
Subject to the provisions of Paragraph B of Article XII and the Committee’s right to delegate
responsibility as set forth in the Trust, the Committee shall direct the investment of the assets
of the Trust by written direction to the Trustee.

     C. Compensation. The members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for acting as
such, but the Employer shall reimburse the Committee for all necessary and proper expenses incurred
in administering this Plan.

     D. Delegation of Duties. The Committee may, from time to time, allocate to one (1) or more of
its members and may delegate to any other persons or organizations any of its rights, powers,
duties and responsibilities with respect to the operation and administration of the Plan. Any such
allocation and delegation of responsibilities shall be reviewed at least annually by the Committee
and shall be revocable upon such notice as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems reasonable
and prudent under the circumstances. The Committee, on
its own behalf or on behalf of the Trustee, may employ such persons or organizations to render
advice or perform services with respect to responsibilities of the Committee under the Plan as the
Committee, in its sole discretion,

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XIII
	 	XIII-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

determines to be necessary and appropriate; provided, however,
that the Committee must employ an enrolled actuary to perform the actuarial functions required by
ERISA. Such persons or organizations may include, without limitation, attorneys, accountants and
financial and administrative consultants.

          All or any portion of the expenses incurred for such services or advice shall be borne by the
Employer, if it so elects, and if the Employer does not so elect, such expenses shall be borne by
the Trust. Expenses incurred for the administration of the Plan shall be deemed a liability of the
Plan until such time as the expenses are paid by the Plan either as direct payments to the service
providers or as reimbursements to the Employer in cases where the Employer has directly paid the
service providers; provided, however, that reimbursements paid to the Employer must occur by the
last day of the Plan Year following the later of the Plan Year during which such services were
performed or the Plan Year during which the Employer paid such expenses.

     E. Bonding of Fiduciaries. The Committee shall be responsible for seeing that every fiduciary
of the Plan and Trust and every person who handles Trust assets shall be bonded to the extent
required by the provisions of Section 412 of ERISA. The cost of such bond shall be paid by the
Trustee out of Trust assets, upon direction of the Committee, if the cost thereof shall not be
timely paid by the Employer.

     F. Action By Committee Members. If the Committee is comprised of more than one (1) member,
any one (1) member may execute any form, document or other paper on behalf of the Committee and
thereby bind the Committee, if the Board or the other Committee members unanimously delegate such
authority in writing.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XIII
	 	XIII-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XIV. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; RETURN OF EMPLOYER

CONTRIBUTIONS; PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

     A. Amendment. The Sponsoring Employer reserves the right to amend this Plan by written
instrument, at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, including without limitation,
retroactive amendments necessary or advisable to qualify this Plan and the Trust under the
provisions of Section 401(a) of the Code. However, no such amendment shall (i) reduce the Accrued
Benefit of any Participant to the date the amendment is adopted, except to the extent that a
reduction may be permitted or required by ERISA and the Code; or (ii) divert any part of the Trust
assets to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants, retired Participants
or their joint annuitants or Beneficiaries who have an interest in the Plan or for the purpose of
defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Further, no amendment of the Plan shall
alter, change or modify the duties, powers or liabilities of the Trustee without its consent, or
permit any part of the Trust to be used to pay premiums or contributions of the Employer under any
other plan maintained by the Employer for the benefit of its Employees.

          If this Plan is an amendment and restatement of a prior Plan that provided for an optional
form of benefit after July 30, 1994 that is not provided herein, and such form of benefit cannot be
eliminated under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code and Treasury Regulations issued pursuant thereto,
then such optional form of benefit shall continue to be available under this Plan to the extent
necessary to satisfy Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.

     B. Termination or Partial Termination or Complete Discontinuance of Contributions. The
Employer has established the Plan with a bona fide intention and expectation that it will be able
to make contributions indefinitely. Nevertheless, the Employer is not and shall not be under any
obligation or liability whatsoever to continue making contributions or to maintain the Plan for any
given length of time. The Employer may in its sole and exclusive discretion discontinue such
contributions, or terminate or partially terminate the Plan in accordance with its provisions, the
Code and ERISA, if applicable, at any time without any liability whatsoever for any such
discontinuance, termination or partial termination. If the Plan shall be terminated, partially
terminated or the contributions of the Employer shall be completely discontinued, the rights of all
affected Participants in their Accrued Benefits shall thereupon become fully vested and
nonforfeitable notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan. However, the Trust shall
continue until all Participants’ Accounts have been completely distributed to or for the benefit of
the Participants or their Designated Beneficiaries in accordance with this Plan, unless the Board
specifies that distributions shall occur as a result of such Plan termination.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Plan is terminated, the administrative
Committee shall remain in existence and all of the provisions of the Plan

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XIV
	 	XIV-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

which in the opinion of
said Committee are necessary to effectuate the termination of the Plan and the administration and
distribution of Plan benefits shall remain in force. In addition, the Board of Directors and the
Committee reserve the right to further amend or modify the Plan, including the adoption of any
retroactive amendments or modifications, to the extent necessary or desirable to effectuate the
termination of the Plan or if necessary or appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan and the
Trust Fund as a plan and trust meeting the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code
or any other applicable law (including ERISA) and the Regulations issued thereunder, and any
amendment necessary or advisable to conform the Plan to prior administrative practice shall be
retroactive.

     C. Return of Employer Contributions. Except as set forth in Paragraphs C.1, 2, 3 and 4 of
this Article XIV, the assets of the Plan and Trust shall never inure to the benefit of the Employer
and the same shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and
their Designated Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and
Trust.

          1. Mistake of Fact. If a contribution is made by the Employer by a mistake of fact,
the Trustee shall, on written direction of the Committee, return such contribution to the Employer,
provided such return of contribution is made within
one (1) year after the payment of such contribution.

          2. Initial Qualification. Employer contributions shall be conditioned on the initial
qualification of the Plan under Section 401 of the Code. If it is finally determined that the Plan
is not initially qualified by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, then such contributions shall
be returned to the Employer no later than one (1) year after such final determination but only if
the application for determination was filed by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s
return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted or such later date as the Secretary of the
Treasury may prescribe.

          3. Deductibility. Employer contributions shall be conditioned upon the deductibility
of such contributions under Section 404 of the Code. If such deductions are disallowed, then such
contributions (to the extent disallowed) shall be returned to the Employer no later than one (1)
year after the final disallowance of the deductions.

          4. Suspense Accounts. If, upon termination of the Plan, there remain Trust assets
held in suspense accounts because of the application of Section 415 of the Code, the Trustee shall
return such assets to the Employer.

     D. Procedure for Adoption and Withdrawal by Participating Employers.

          1. Adoption of the Plan. Any member or future member of the Controlled Group, which
is not already a Participating Employer under this Plan may, with the

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XIV
	 	XIV-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

consent and approval of the
Sponsoring Employer, adopt this Plan as a Participating Employer for all or any classification of
persons in its employ. The adoption of this Plan by a Participating Employer shall be effected by
resolution of its board of directors or other written instrument if the Participating Employer is
an Unincorporated Entity. It shall not be necessary for any adopting Participating Employer to
formally execute the Plan or Trust as then in effect. As to the Participating Employer, the
effective date of its participation shall be stated in its resolutions, and it shall assume all the
rights, obligations and liabilities of a Participating Employer under the Plan and Trust.

          2. Withdrawal from the Plan. At any time, a Participating Employer, by resolution of
its board of directors and notice to the Sponsoring Employer and Trustee, may withdraw from
participation under the Plan. A withdrawing Participating Employer may arrange for the
continuation of this Plan and Trust in a separate form for its own employees. The withdrawing
Participating Employer may arrange for continuation of the Plan and Trust by merger with an
existing plan and trust and may request, subject to the Sponsoring Employer’s consent, the transfer
to such plan and trust of all Trust assets representing the benefits of its employees.

          3. Continued Qualification of the Plan. The Sponsoring Employer may request a
determination from the appropriate District Director of the Internal Revenue Service to the effect
that the Plan and Trust as adopted (and amended, as the case may be) by the Participating Employer
continues to meet the requirements of tax-qualified status. If such determination is denied, the
adoption by the Participating Employer shall become void and inoperative and any contributions made
by or for the Participating Employer shall be promptly refunded by the Trustee. Furthermore, if
the Plan or the Trust in its operation becomes disqualified under the Code for any reason because
of the Plan’s adoption by any Participating Employer, the portion of the Trust allocable to
Participants employed by such Participating Employer shall be segregated as soon as is
administratively feasible, pending the:

               (a) Correction of the conditions which caused the Plan’s disqualification to the satisfaction
of the Internal Revenue Service; or

               (b) Re-qualification of the Plan; or

               (c) Withdrawal of such Participating Employer from the Plan and a continuation by itself or
its successor of a separate qualified plan, or by merger with another existing qualified plan; or

               (d) Termination of the Plan and Trust as to such Participating Employer and its Employees.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XIV
	 	XIV-3

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XV. STANDARD OF CONDUCT OF FIDUCIARIES

     A. Fiduciaries. Each member of the Board and of the Committee and any other person to whom
any fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Plan or Trust is allocated or delegated shall
discharge his or her duties and responsibilities with respect to the Plan or Trust in accordance
with the standards set forth in Section 401(a)(1) of ERISA and Paragraph B of this Article XV.

     B. Fiduciary Duties. Subject to Sections 403(c) and (d), 4042, and 4044 of ERISA, a fiduciary
shall discharge his or her duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the
Participants and Beneficiaries and:

          1. For the exclusive purpose of:

               (a) Providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries; and

               (b) Defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

          2. With the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a
prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of a like character and with like aims;

          3. By diversifying the investments of the Plan so as to minimize the risk of large losses,
unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not to do so; and

          4. In accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such
documents and instruments are consistent with the provisions of this title.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XV
	 	XV-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XVI. MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS AND TRANSFERS OF ASSETS

     A. Merger or Consolidation of the Plan. If this Plan and its Trust merge or consolidate with,
or transfer assets or liabilities to, any other qualified plan of deferred compensation, no
Participant shall, solely on account of such merger, consolidation or transfer, be entitled to a
benefit on the date following such event which is less than the benefit to which he or she was
entitled on the date preceding such event, such benefits to be determined as if the Plan had
terminated on the date preceding such event (except that there shall be no grant of full vesting).

     B. Transfers From Other Qualified Plans — Rollovers. There may be transferred to the Trustee,
subject to the approval of the Employer, all or any of the assets held (whether by a trustee,
custodian or otherwise) on behalf of any other plan which satisfies the applicable requirements of
Section 401(a) of the Code, or any qualified Rollover Contributions which are maintained for the
benefit of any persons who are or are about to become Participants. The Employer may require proof
that a prior determination was made by the Internal Revenue Service that such transfer will not
affect the qualified status of the Plan and Trust. Any such transfer of assets or Rollovers shall
be held and administered in accordance with Article X of the Plan.

     C. Transfer To Eligible Retirement Plans. Upon direction of the Participant delivered to the
Committee, the Trustee is hereby authorized to transfer the assets representing the Vested Accrued
Benefit of any Participant under this Plan to the Trustee of an Eligible Retirement Plan.

     D. Transfer or Merger of Money Purchase Pension Plan to this Plan. Notwithstanding any
provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit under this
Plan permits a distribution prior to Normal Retirement Age, death, disability, severance from
employment or Plan termination, such optional form of benefit shall not be available with respect
to benefits attributable to assets (including the earnings thereon) and liabilities that are
transferred, within the meaning of Section 414(l) of the Code, to this Plan from a money purchase
pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code (other than any portion of those assets and
liabilities attributable to voluntary employee contributions).

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XVI
	 	XVI-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

XVII. MISCELLANEOUS

     A. Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship. Neither the establishment of the Plan
and Trust nor any modification thereof, nor the creating of any fund or account, nor the payment of
any benefits shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other person any legal or equitable
right against the Employer or the Trustee except as provided in the Plan and Trust Agreement; and
in no event shall the terms of employment of any Employee or Participant be modified or in any way
be affected by the provisions of the Plan or Trust Agreement.

     B. Payments to Missing Persons. If the Trustee is unable to effect deliver of any
distribution to the person entitled to receive it or, upon such person’s death, to such person’s
Designated Beneficiary, it shall so advise the Committee and the Committee shall give written
notice to such person at his or her last known address as shown in the Employer’s records. If such
person shall not have presented himself or herself to the Employer after one (1) year from the date
of mailing such notice, then such distribution shall be forfeited and applied to reduce current and
future Employer contributions or allocated if Article I so provides. Alternatively, the Trustee
shall have the discretion to use other means to protect the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s vested
Accrued Benefit. A missing Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be reinstated if a claim is
later made by the Participant or Beneficiary of the Participant for the forfeited benefit and such
claim is approved by the Committee.

     C. Spendthrift Provisions. Except with respect to a Participant loan, neither the Employer
nor the Trustee shall recognize any transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, order or assignment
by any Participant or Beneficiary of all or any part of his or her interest under the Plan and
Trust. Any attempt by a Participant or Beneficiary to assign, alienate, sell, transfer, pledge or
encumber his or her benefits shall be void. A Participant’s or Beneficiary’s interest shall not be
subject in any manner to transfer by operation of law, and shall be exempt from the claims of
creditors or other claimants (including but not limited to, debts, contracts, liabilities or torts)
from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishments and/or executions and other legal or equitable
process or proceedings against such Participant or Beneficiary to the full extent which may be
permitted by law.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Paragraph C shall also apply to the creation, assignment,
or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a
domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order. The Committee shall determine whether any domestic relations order submitted with respect
to a Participant’s benefits is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and shall establish procedures
for making such determination and notifying interested parties of its ruling. A domestic relations
order entered into before January 1, 1985 (i) shall be treated as a Qualified Domestic Relations
Order if
the payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced as of such date; or (ii) at

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XVII
	 	XVII-1

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

the
Committee’s discretion, may be treated as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order if the payment of
benefits has not commenced as of January 1, 1985, even though the order does not satisfy the
requirements of Section 414(p) of the Code.

     D. Indemnification. The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Board
of Directors and the Committee to whom any fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Plan is
allocated or delegated, from and against any and all liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by
such persons as a result of any act, or omission to act, in connection with the performance of
their duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan and under ERISA, other than such
liabilities, costs and expenses as may result from the bad faith or criminal acts of such persons.

     E. Applicable Laws; Severability. The provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced
according to ERISA and the Code and, to the extent applicable, according to the laws of the state
in which the Sponsoring Employer maintains its principal place of business; provided, further, that
if any provision is susceptible to more than one (1) interpretation, such interpretation shall be
given thereto as is consistent with the Plan being a qualified employees’ profit sharing or pension
plan within the meaning of the Code. If any provision of this instrument shall be held by a court
of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall continue
to be fully effective.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ARTICLE XVII
	 	XVII-2

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

          FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Employer”), hereby amends
the FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN to be effective as specified below:

          1. The following paragraph is added to the Plan’s preamble:

               “This amendment of the Plan is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth
and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”). This amendment is intended as good faith
compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and
guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of
the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001. This amendment shall
supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the
provisions of this amendment.”

          2. Paragraph H.2 of Article I is amended to add the following:

               “Effective on and after January 1, 2002, catch-up contributions described in Paragraph D.2 of
Article IV shall apply.”

               “Effective on and after January 1, 2005, a Participant will have the right to increase his or
her Elective Contributions from a maximum of $14000 per 2005 Plan Year to $14000 per annually.”

          3. If applicable, Paragraph M.4 of Article I is amended to replace 25% with 100% wherever it
appears.

          4. Effective after December 31, 2001, Paragraph T of Article I is amended to accept Rollover
Contributions and direct rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions from the types of plans
specified below:

               “A qualified plan described in Section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code, including Employee
After-Tax Contributions.”

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	1	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               “An annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code.”

               “An eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political
subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a
state.”

               “A Rollover Contribution of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement
account or annuity described in Section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is eligible to be rolled
over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.”

          5. Paragraph V of Article I with respect to Matching Contributions is amended to add the
following:

               “Any Participant who completes an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31,
2001 with Accrued Benefits derived from Matching Contributions shall be vested as follows:

               A Participant’s Matching Contributions Account shall be fully vested at all times.”

          6. Paragraph BB of Article I is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective Contributions in calendar year 2001 on
account of hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective Contributions and Employee After-Tax
Contributions under this Plan and all other plans of the Employer for six (6) months after receipt
of the distribution or until January 1, 2002, if later.”

          7. Paragraph DD of Article I is amended to add Paragraph DD.5:

               “5. For distributions made to Participants who have separated from service, this Plan shall
not exclude Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) in determining the value of the
Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit for purposes of the involuntary cash-out limit of $5,000.”

          8. Paragraph EE of Article I is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “Distribution upon severance from employment shall apply for distributions after December 31,
2001 regardless of when the severance from employment occurred.”

          9. Paragraph A.11 of Article II is amended to add subparagraph (c):

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	2	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               “(c) For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual Compensation of each
Participant taken into account in determining allocations for any Plan Year shall not exceed
$200,000. The Compensation Limitation shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance
with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual Compensation means Compensation during the Plan
Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is otherwise determined
under the Plan (the determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar
year applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such
calendar year.”

          10. Paragraph A.11 of Article II is amended to add a reference to subparagraph (c) in the last
paragraph thereof.

          11. Paragraph A.16 of Article II is amended to add the following sentence:

               “Effective for Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Defined Contribution Dollar
Limitation means $40,000 as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Section 415(d) of
the Code.”

          12. Paragraph A.28 of Article II is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “For distributions made after December 31, 2001, an Eligible Retirement Plan shall also mean
an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section
457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency
or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately
account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan shall
also apply in the case of a distribution made to a Surviving Spouse, or to a Spouse or former
Spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relation Order.”

          13. Paragraph A.29 of Article II is amended to add the following paragraphs:

               “Notwithstanding the above, any amount that is distributed on account of hardship on and after
January 1, 2002, shall not be an Eligible Rollover Distribution and the Distributee may not elect
to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan.

               A portion of a distribution made after December 31, 2001 shall not fail to be an Eligible
Rollover Distribution merely because the portion consists of Employee After-Tax Contributions which
are not includible in gross income. However, such portion

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	3	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

may be transferred only to a traditional individual retirement account or annuity described in
Section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section
401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred,
including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross
income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.”

          14. Paragraph D.2 of Article IV is amended to add the following:

               “If provided in Paragraph H.2 of Article I, all Employees who are eligible to make Elective
Contributions under this Plan and who have attained age 50 by the end of the taxable year shall be
eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of,
Section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for
purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Sections 402(g) and
415 of the Code. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan
implementing the requirements of Section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as
applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.”

          15. Paragraph H of Article IV is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “Except to the extent permitted under H.2 of Article I as amended by this amendment relating
to catch-up contributions and Section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable, no Participant shall be
permitted to have Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained
by the Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Section
402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year.”

          16. Paragraph P of Article IV is amended to add Paragraph P.7:

               “7. If provided in Article I, this paragraph shall apply for distributions and severances from
employment occurring after the dates specified in Article I. A Participant’s Elective
Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Employer Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and
earnings attributable to such contributions shall be distributed on account of the Participant’s
severance from employment. However, such distributions shall be subject to the other provisions of
the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that require a separation from service
before such amounts may be distributed.”

          17. Subparagraph Q.3(c) of Article IV is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, a Participant who receives a distribution of
Elective Contributions after December 31, 2001, on account of

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	4	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective Contributions and Employee After-Tax
Contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for six (6) months after receipt of
the distribution. A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective Contributions in calendar
year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective Contributions and
Employee After-Tax Contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer for the period
specified by the Employer in Article I.”

          18. Paragraph E.1 of Article V is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

               “1. Dollar Amount and Percentage Limitations. Except to the extent permitted under
H.2 of Article I as amended by this amendment relating to catch-up contributions, and Section
414(v) of the Code, the Annual Addition to a Participant’s Accounts shall not exceed the lesser of:

                    (a) The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation; or

                    (b) 100% of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year; provided,
however, that this compensation limitation shall not apply to:

                         (i) Any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)
of the Code) after separation from service which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition; or

                         (ii) Any amount otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Section 415(l)(1) of the Code.

               (c) For purposes of applying the limitation described in this Paragraph E, Section 415
Compensation shall include elective amounts that are not includible in the gross income of the
Employee by reason of Section 132(f)(4) of the Code.”

          19. Paragraph B.3 of Article VI is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “If provided in Article I, for purposes of this Paragraph B.3, the value of a Participant’s
vested Accrued Benefit shall be determined without regard to that portion of the vested Accrued
Benefit that is attributable to Rollover Contributions (and earnings allocable thereto). If the
value of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit as so determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan
shall distribute the Participant’s entire vested Accrued Benefit.”

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	5	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          20. Paragraph H of Article VII is amended to add the following sentence to the second to last
paragraph:

               “Effective for Plan loans made after December 31, 2001, the preceding sentence prohibiting
loans to any Owner-Employee or Shareholder-Employee shall cease to apply.”

               The provisions of items 21 through 25 of this amendment shall apply for purposes of
determining whether the Plan is a top-heavy plan under Section 416(g) of the Code for Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2001 and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements
of Section 416(c) of the Code for such years.

          21. The following paragraph is added to the preamble of Article VIII:

               “For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the top-heavy requirements of Section 416
of the Code and Paragraph E of this Article VIII shall not apply, if this Plan consists solely of a
cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and
Matching Contributions that comply with the requirements of
Section 401(m)(11) of the Code. ”

          22. Paragraph A.2 of Article VIII is amended for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001
to read as follows:

               “Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased Employee)
who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the Determination Date was (i) an officer of the
Employer having Section 415 Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under Section 416(i)(1)
of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002); (ii) a 5% Owner of the Employer; or
(iii) a 1% Owner of the Employer having Section 415 Compensation of more than $150,000. The
determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Section 416(i)(1) of the
Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.”

          23. Paragraph C.2 of Article VIII is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the present values of Accrued Benefits and
Accounts of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be increased by the distributions made
with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Section
416(g)(2) of the Code during the one (1) year period ending on the Determination Date. The
preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been
terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In
the case

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	6	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from employment, death, or Total
Disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting five (5) year period for one (1) year
period.”

          24. Paragraph C.5 of Article VIII is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Accounts and Accrued Benefits of any
individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on
the Determination Date shall not be taken into account.”

          25. Paragraph E.3 of Article VIII is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Matching Contributions shall be taken into
account for purposes of satisfying the top-heavy minimum contribution requirements of Section
416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to Matching
Contributions under this Plan or, if Article I provides that the minimum contribution requirement
shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the
minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as Matching Contributions for purposes of the
Contribution Percentage test and other requirements of Section 401(m) of the Code.”

          26. Paragraph B of Article X is amended to add the following paragraph:

               “If provided in Article I, this Plan will accept Rollover Contributions and direct rollovers
of distributions made after December 31, 2001, from the types of plans specified in Article I,
beginning on the effective date specified in Article I.”

          27. Paragraph O of Article X is amended to add Paragraph O.3:

               “3. Repeal of Multiple Use.

                For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, the multiple use test described in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 and this Paragraph O shall not apply.”

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	7	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

Second AMENDMENT TO THE

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

          FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK, a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Employer”), hereby amends the
FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN to be effective as specified below:

     1. Paragraph K of Article I is amended to add the following paragraph:

          “Effective for Plan Years beginning on and after 01/01/1998 and Limitation Years beginning on
and after 01/01/1998, for purposes of the definition of Compensation under this Paragraph K,
Paragraphs A.30, A.41 and A.76 of Article II, Paragraph E.1 of Article V and Paragraphs A.2 and E
of Article VIII, amounts under Section 125 of the Code include any amounts not available to a
Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify
that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Section 125
of the Code only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the
Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.”

     2. Paragraph PP.4 of Article I is amended to add the following paragraphs:

          “Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph and any inconsistent provisions of the Plan, for
purposes of determining required minimum distributions for Distribution Calendar Years beginning
with the 2003 calendar year, as well as required minimum distributions for the 2002 Distribution
Calendar Year that are made on or after January 1, 2002, this Plan will apply the minimum
distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code in accordance with Final and Temporary
Regulations issued on April 17, 2002.

          For purposes of this Paragraph PP.4 and Article VII, Distribution Calendar Year means a
calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the
Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately
preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s required beginning date. For
distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the
calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under subparagraph C.2(a) of Article
VII. The required minimum distribution for the Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will
be made on or before the Participant’s required beginning date. The required minimum distribution
for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the
Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s required beginning date occurs, will be made
on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year.”

     3. Paragraph PP.5 is added to the Article I to read as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	1	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          “5. Election to Apply 5-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries. The
provisions of subparagraph C.2(a) of Article VII of the Plan will not be modified.”

     4. Paragraph PP.6 is added to the Article I to read as follows:

          “6. Election to Allow Participants or Beneficiaries to elect the 5-Year Rule.
Participants or Beneficiaries may not elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the
life expectancy rule in subparagraph C.2(a), (d), (e) and (f) of Article VII of the Plan applies to
distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated
Beneficiary. ”

     5. Paragraph PP.7 is added to the Article I to read as follows:

          “7. Election to Allow Designated Beneficiary Receiving Distributions Under 5-Year Rule to
Elect Life Expectancy Distributions. A Designated Beneficiary who is receiving payments under
the 5-year rule may not make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule.”

     6. Effective on and after the date specified in Paragraph PP.4 of Article I, Paragraph B.9 of
Article VII is amended to delete the last three (3) paragraphs.

     7. The following new Paragraphs are added as B.10, B.11 and B.12 and the former Paragraph B.10
is redesignated as Paragraph B.13:

          “10. Coordination with Minimum Distribution Requirements Previously in Effect. If
Article I specifies an effective date to apply the Final and Temporary Regulations under Section
401(a)(9) of the Code that is earlier than calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year,
required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Article VII will be determined as follows:

          (a) If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the
Distributee or Designated Beneficiary prior to the effective date stated in Paragraph PP.4 of
Article I equals or exceeds the required minimum distributions determined after the effective date
in such Paragraph, then no additional distributions will be required to be made for 2002 on or
after such date to the Distributee or Designated Beneficiary.

          (b) If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the
Distributee or Designated Beneficiary prior to the effective date of Paragraph PP.4 of Article I is
less than the amount determined after the effective date of

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	2	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

such Paragraph, then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be
determined so that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to the
Distributee or Designated Beneficiary will be the amount determined after the effective date
specified in Paragraph PP.4 of Article I.

          Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VII, distributions may be made under a
designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA and the
provisions of Paragraph G of this Article VII.

          11. Amount of Required Minimum Distribution During the Participant’s Lifetime. During
the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution
Calendar Year is the lesser of:

          (a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the distribution
period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Final Treasury
Regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution
Calendar Year; or

          (b) if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the
Participant’s Spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the
number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Final
Treasury Regulations, using the Participant’s and Spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s
and Spouse’s birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year.

          For purposes of Paragraphs B and C of this Article VII, a Participant’s account balance shall
equal his or her Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately
preceding the Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any
contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the
valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the
valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The account balance for the valuation calendar
year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar
year or in the Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar
year.

          For purposes of required minimum distributions, life expectancy, where applicable, shall be
computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-4 of the Final Treasury
Regulations.

          For the purposes of Paragraphs B and C of this Article VII, Designated Beneficiary means the
individual who is designated as the Beneficiary as described in Paragraph A.19 of Article II and is
the Designated Beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of
the Treasury regulations.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	3	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Paragraph B.11 beginning with the
first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that
includes the Participant’s date of death.

          12. Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the
form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required
beginning date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance
with Paragraph B.11 and subparagraphs C.2(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Article VII. If the
Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance
company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section
401(a)(9) of the Code and the Final and Temporary Treasury Regulations issued on April 17, 2002.”

     8. Paragraph C.2 of Article VII is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

          “2. Time of Distribution Upon Death. Upon the death of a Participant, the following
distribution provisions shall apply:

          (a) If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will
be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:

               (i) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary,
then, except as provided in Article I, distributions to the Surviving Spouse will begin by December
31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or
by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2, if later.

               (ii) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated
Beneficiary, then, except as provided in Article I, distributions to the Designated Beneficiary
will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
Participant died.

               (iii) If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year
of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of
the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

               (iv) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary
and the Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the Surviving
Spouse begin, this subparagraph C.2(a), other than subparagraph C.2(a)(i), will apply as if the
Surviving Spouse were the Participant.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	4	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

               For purposes of this Paragraph C.2, unless subparagraph C.2(a)(iv) applies, distributions are
considered to begin on the Participant’s required beginning date. If subparagraph C.2(a)(iv)
applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to
the Surviving Spouse under subparagraph C.2(a)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from
an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s required
beginning date (or to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse before the date distributions are required
to begin to the Surviving Spouse under subparagraph C.2(a)(i)), the date distributions are
considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

          (b) If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated
Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after
the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account
balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life
expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows:

               (i) The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant
in the year of death, reduced by one (1) for each subsequent year.

               (ii) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary,
the remaining life expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated for each Distribution Calendar
Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the Surviving Spouse’s age as of the Spouse’s
birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the Surviving Spouse’s
death, the remaining life expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the
Surviving Spouse as of the Spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the Spouse’s death, reduced by
one (1) for each subsequent calendar year.

               (iii) If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated
Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of
the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one (1) for
each subsequent year.

          (c) If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no
Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death,
the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of
the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by
the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year
of death, reduced by one (1) for each subsequent year.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	5	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLAN

 

 

          (d) Except as provided in Article I, if the Participant dies before the date distributions
begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant’s account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s
Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in subparagraph C.2(b) and (c) of the Article VII.

          (e) If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated
Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death,
distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar
year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

          (f) If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s Surviving
Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the Surviving Spouse dies before
distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under subparagraph C.2(a)(i), then
subparagraphs C.2(d), (c) and (f) of this Article VII will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were
the Participant.”

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	6	 

FIRST FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK RETIREMENT PLANexv10w1

 

Exhibit 10.1

U.S. Department of Justice

	 	 	 
	

	 	
Kenneth L. Wainstein

United States Attorney

District of Columbia

Judiciary Center

555 Fourth St., N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20530

January 27, 2005

Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.

Steptoe & Johnson LLP

1330 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20036

     RE:
United States of America v. Riggs Bank N.A., Cr. 05-35(RMU)

Dear Mr. Hulkower:

     This letter sets forth the full and complete plea offer to your client, Riggs Bank N.A.
(referred to herein as “Company” or defendant). This offer is by the Criminal Division of the
United States Attorney’s Office for the District of Columbia (the “Office”) and the Criminal
Division of the U.S. Department of Justice and is binding upon both. Upon receipt, the executed
letter will itself become the plea agreement. The terms of the offer are as follows:

     1. Charges: Pursuant to Fed. R. Crim. P. 11(c)(1)(C), Company agrees to waive its
right to grand jury indictment and to plead guilty to a one-count information charging a violation
of Title 31, United States Code, Sections 5322 & 5318(g), failure to file timely and/or accurate
Suspicious Activity Reports. It is understood that the guilty plea will be based on a factual
admission of guilt to the offense charged and will be entered in accordance with Rule 11 of the
Federal Rules of Criminal Procedure. An authorized representative of the Bank will admit that the
Bank is in fact guilty. By virtue of corporate resolution dated
January 24, 2005, defendant has
authorized this plea and has empowered its outside counsel, Steptoe & Johnson LLP, to act on its
behalf for purposes of this plea. The attached “Statement of the Offense” is a fair and accurate
description of the evidence the government believes it can prove regarding a relevant portion of
defendant’s actions and involvement in the offense. Company accepts responsibility for the conduct
described in the Statement of the Offense. Prior to the Rule 11 plea hearing, defendant, through
counsel, will adopt and sign the Statement of the Offense as a written proffer of evidence by the
United States.

     2. Penalties and assessments: Pursuant to Fed. R. Crim. P. 11(c)(1)(C), the United
States and the defendant agree that the appropriate sentence in the case is that the defendant will
pay a fine in the amount of $16,000,000 and a special assessment of $400. This $16,000,000 fine
and the $400 special assessment shall be paid within ten (10) days of sentencing by cashier’s check
or certified check made payable to Clerk, United States District Court for the District of
Columbia.

 

 

Mr. Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.

January 27, 2005

Page 2 of 5

     The parties further agree to a five year period of corporate probation with the following
conditions: (1) defendant shall pay the sums set forth in this agreement; (2) defendant has
developed and agreed to submit to the Office its current Anti-Money Laundering/Bank Secrecy Act
compliance program to prevent and detect violations of law, the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged; (3) defendant will continue the process it has voluntarily started of closing or
selling, if the process has not already been completed, its Embassy Banking and International
Private Banking divisions; and (4) pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 3563(a)(1), defendant shall not commit
any federal, state or local crimes during the term of probation.

     The parties agree that if the Company or its parent, Riggs National Corporation, is sold to a
party unaffiliated with the Company as of the date hereof, whether by sale of stock, merger,
consolidation, sale of a significant portion of its assets, or other form of business combination,
or otherwise undergoes a direct or indirect change of control within the five-year corporate
probation period, that the probation period and all other obligations of the Company under this
agreement, other than the obligations set forth in paragraph 4 herein, shall terminate upon the
closing of any such transaction or the occurrence of any such change of control.

     3. Waiver of Rights: Federal Rule of Criminal Procedure 11(f) and Federal Rule of
Evidence 410 limit the admissibility of statements made in the course of plea proceedings or plea
discussions in both civil and criminal proceedings, if the guilty plea is later withdrawn.
Defendant expressly warrants that it has discussed these rules with its counsel and understands
them. Defendant voluntarily waives and gives up the rights enumerated in Federal Rule of Criminal
Procedure 11(f) and Federal Rule of Evidence 410. Defendant understands and agrees that any
statements that it makes in the course of its guilty plea or in connection with this plea agreement
are admissible against it for any purpose in any criminal or civil proceeding, if the guilty plea
is subsequently withdrawn.

     The defendant further agrees to waive its right to a pre-sentence investigation report under
Fed. R. Crim. P. 32(b). The parties will request a date for sentencing within 60 days of the date
of this plea. Should this date need to be rescheduled the parties will work together to find a
mutually agreeable and convenient date.

     4. Continuing Cooperation: This Office agrees that the Company has fully cooperated
with its investigation, has accepted responsibility for its conduct, and has voluntarily terminated
the operations of the areas of the Company where the conduct at issue occurred. Company agrees to
continue to cooperate with the government. Company shall cooperate truthfully, completely, and
forthrightly with this Office and other federal, state, and local law enforcement authorities
identified by this Office in any matter as to which the government deems the cooperation relevant.
Company acknowledges that its cooperation may include, but will not necessarily be limited to,
producing documents and records, answering questions, providing sworn written statements, and
testifying before grand juries or at trials.

     5. Government Concessions: In exchange for defendant’s guilty plea, the United States
will not bring any additional criminal charges against Company or any of its current, former, or
future subsidiaries or affiliates in connection with any conduct, whether presently

 

 

Mr. Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.

January 27, 2005

Page 3 of 5

known by the Office or not, relating to the attached statement of the offense, the subpoena duces
tecum issued to Company dated September 28, 2004, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
document request issued to the Company dated July 22, 2004, and/or any other matters arising from
conduct arising in or relating to the Embassy Banking and/or International Private Banking
divisions of the Company or any current or former affiliate.

     6. Regulatory Agencies: Your client understands that this Office can make no binding
promises about future action by any bank regulatory agency. This Office agrees that upon request
from the Defendant it will advise such regulatory agencies or any other element of federal or state
government of Defendant’s acceptance of responsibility, its full and complete cooperation with the
Office’s investigations, its voluntary decision to close its Embassy Banking and International
Private Banking divisions, and the Defendant’s ongoing remediation efforts.

     7. Court is Not Bound: Defendant understands that this plea offer is contingent upon
acceptance by the Court. If the Court refuses to accept any provision of this plea agreement,
neither party shall be bound by the provisions of the agreement, and the defendant shall have the
right to withdraw its plea pursuant to Fed. R. Crim. P. 11(c)(5).

     8. Breach of Agreement: Company agrees that if it fails to comply with any of the
provisions of this plea agreement, makes false or misleading statements before the Court, commits
any further crimes, or attempts to withdraw the plea, the United States will have the right to
characterize such conduct as a breach of this plea agreement. In the event of such a breach, (a)
the United States will be free from its obligations under the agreement and may take whatever
position it believes appropriate as to the sentence (for example, should your client commit any
conduct after the date of this agreement - examples of which include but are not limited to,
obstruction of justice and false statements to law enforcement agents, the probation office or the
Court - the government is free under this agreement to seek an increase in sentencing based on that
post-agreement conduct; (b) defendant will not have the right to withdraw the guilty plea; (c)
defendant shall be fully subject to criminal prosecution for any other crimes which it has
committed or might commit, if any, including perjury and obstruction of justice; and (d) the United
States will be free to use against defendant, directly and indirectly, in any criminal or civil
proceeding any of the information or materials provided by it pursuant to this agreement.

     In the event of such breach, any such prosecutions of the defendant not time-barred by the
applicable statute of limitations on the date of the signing of this agreement may be commenced
against the defendant in accordance with this paragraph, notwithstanding the running of the
applicable statute of limitations in the interval between now and the commencement of such
prosecutions. Defendant knowingly and voluntarily agrees to waive any and all defenses based on
the statute of limitations for any prosecutions commenced pursuant to the provisions of this
paragraph.

     9. Complete Agreement: No other agreements, promises, understandings, or
representations have been made by the parties or their counsel than those contained in writing
herein, nor will any such agreements, promises, understandings, or representations be made

 

 

Mr. Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.

January 27, 2005

Page 4 of 5

unless committed to writing and signed by Company, Company’s counsel, and an Assistant United
States Attorney for the District of Columbia.

     If the foregoing terms and conditions are satisfactory, Company may indicate its assent by
signing the agreement in the space indicated below and returning the original to me once it has
been signed by Company and its counsel

	 	 	 
	

	 	/s/ Kenneth L. Wainstein
	

	 	

	

	 	KENNETH L. WAINSTEIN
	

	 	UNITED STATES ATTORNEY
	 
	 	 
	

	 	/s/ Steven J. Durham
	

	 	

	

	 	STEVEN J. DURHAM
	

	 	ROBERT R. CHAPMAN

GERALD BALACEK

ASSISTANT U.S. ATTORNEYS

Fraud & Public Corruption Section

555 Fourth Street, N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20530

(202) 514-8316  
	 
	 	 
	

	 	CYNTHIA STONE
	

	 	SENIOR TRIAL ATTORNEY

U.S. Department of Justice

Asset Forfeiture & Money Laundering Section

1400 New York Avenue, N.W.

Bond Building, 10th Floor

Washington, D.C. 20530

     On behalf of Riggs Bank N.A. (“Company”), I have read this plea agreement and have discussed
it with the corporation’s attorney, Mark J. Hulkower of Steptoe & Johnson LLP. Company fully
understands this agreement and agrees to it without reservation. Company does this voluntarily of
its own free will, intending to be legally bound. No threats have been made to Company. Company
is pleading guilty because Company is in fact guilty of the offense identified in paragraph one.

	 	 	 
	

	 	RIGGS BANK N.A.
	 
	 	 
	Date: January 27, 2005

	 	/s/ Robert L. Klivans
	

	 	

	

	 	Robert L. Klivans, Esq.
	

	 	Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

	 	 	 
	Mr. Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.
	 	 
	January 27, 2005
	 	 
	Page 5 of 5
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Date: January 27, 2005

	 	/s/ Mark J. Hulkower
	

	 	

	

	 	Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.
	

	 	Attorney for the Defendant

 

 

STATEMENT OF OFFENSE

United States of
America v. Riggs Bank N.A., Cr. 05-35 (RMU)

Background

     1. Riggs Bank N.A. (“Riggs Bank”) is a financial institution organized, licensed and doing
business under the laws of the United States with a principal place of business in Washington, D.C.
Riggs Bank is the principal subsidiary of Riggs National Corporation, a publicly traded bank
holding company based in Washington, D.C. Riggs Bank is a “financial institution” as defined in 31
U.S.C. § 5312; a “bank” as defined in 31 C.F.R. § 103.11(c); and an “insured bank” as defined in
section 3(h) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. § 1813(h)). The Office of the
Comptroller of Currency (“OCC”) has supervisory authority over Riggs Bank. The Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) has supervisory authority over Riggs National
Corporation.

     2. The Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. § 5311 et. seq., and its implementing regulations
(collectively, the “BSA”), which Congress enacted to address an increase in money laundering
criminal activity utilizing financial institutions, require insured banks and other financial
institutions to maintain an effective BSA and anti-money laundering (AML) program to detect and
report suspicious activity therein that might be indicative of money laundering and other financial
crimes, maintain certain records, and file reports that are especially useful in criminal, tax or
regulatory investigations or proceedings. From the U.S. government’s perspective, the BSA
regulatory regime constitutes law enforcement’s first defense against the misuse of the U.S.
financial system by money launderers and terrorist financiers.

     3. Riggs Bank was required pursuant to the BSA to maintain appropriate procedures to ensure
compliance with the BSA to guard against money laundering. These compliance programs, at a
minimum, required Riggs Bank to:

     a. provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance;

     b. designate an individual or individuals responsible for coordinating and monitoring
day-to-day compliance;

     c. provide training for appropriate personnel; and

     d. provide for independent testing for compliance to be conducted by bank personnel or by an
outside party.

31 U.S.C. § 5318(h)(3); 12 C.F.R. § 21.21.

Suspicious Activity Reporting

     4. Riggs Bank was required pursuant to the BSA to file with the Department of
Treasury and in some cases appropriate Federal law enforcement agencies, in accordance with

 

 

the form’s instructions, a Suspicious Activity Report (“SAR”) when it detected the type of activity
described below. This requirement replaced the criminal referral process and became effective on
April 1, 1996. According to the form’s instructions, Riggs Bank was required to file a SAR with
the Department of Treasury’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FinCEN”) no later than thirty
(30) calendar days after the date of initial detection of facts that constituted the basis for
filing a SAR. 31 U.S.C. § 5318(g); 31 C.F.R. § 103.18 (previously designated at 31 C.F.R. §
103.21); and 12 C.F.R. § 21.11.

     5. Riggs Bank was required pursuant to 12 C.F.R. § 21.11 to report any transaction conducted
or attempted by, at, or through the bank, if it involved or aggregated at least $5,000 in funds or
other assets, and the bank knew, suspected, or had reason to suspect that:

     a. The transaction involved funds derived from illegal activities or was intended or conducted
in order to hide or disguise funds or assets derived from illegal activities (including without
limitation, the ownership, nature, source, location, or control of such funds or assets) as part of
a plan to violate or evade any federal law or regulations or to avoid any transaction reporting
requirement under federal law or regulation. or

     b. The transaction was designed to evade any requirements promulgated under the BSA. or

     c. The transaction had no business or apparent lawful purpose or was not the sort in which the
particular customer would normally be expected to engage, and the bank knew of no reasonable
explanation for the transaction after examining the available facts, including the background and
possible purpose of the transaction.

Currency Transaction Reports

     6. Riggs Bank was required pursuant to the BSA to file a Currency Transaction Report (“CTR”)
for each non-exempted deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency, or other payment or transfer by,
through, or to Riggs Bank that involved a transaction in currency of more than $10,000. Title 31
C.F.R. § 103.28 required Riggs Bank to verify and record on a CTR the true name and address of the
individual presenting the transaction, as well as the true nature of the entity or person on whose
behalf the transaction was to be effected. 31 U.S.C. § 5313(a) and 5322 and 31 C.F.R. §
103.22(b)(1) (previously designated at 31 C.F.R. § 103.22(a)(1)) and § 103.28.

Due Diligence and Enhanced Due Diligence

     7. Beginning in or about the mid-1990’s as a result of a high profile Department of
Justice investigation of Mexican foreign leaders and U.S. banks, there was a greater public
awareness that private banking accounts, maintained for high net worth foreign persons, as well
as accounts for leaders of foreign governments, posed significant risks of money laundering
activity and, as such, needed to be scrutinized more closely than ordinary accounts.

Page 2 of 9

 

     8. In January 2001, the Department of the Treasury and the federal banking regulators issued
guidance to banks on the application of anti-money laundering programs to private banking accounts
maintained on behalf of politically exposed persons, particularly current and former officials of
foreign government. The guidance identified the risk that such accounts could be used to launder
the proceeds of political corruption, and identified numerous “red flags” indicative of such
activity, including structured transactions such as the use of multiple cashier’s checks. As a
result of the passage of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, by July 2002, enhanced scrutiny of private
banking accounts of senior foreign political figures, their family and close associates, became
statutorily mandated. Specifically, the statute, 31 U.S.C. 5318(i), and the interim final rule
issued by FinCEN in July 2002, 31 C.F.R. § 103.18, required banks such as Riggs Bank to take
reasonable steps to:

     a. ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the source of funds
deposited into, such account as needed to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious
transactions; and

     b. conduct enhanced scrutiny of any such account that is requested or maintained by, or on
behalf of, a senior foreign political figure, or any immediate family member or close associate of
a senior foreign political figure, that is reasonably designed to detect and report transactions
that may involve the proceeds of foreign corruption.

31 U.S.C. § 5318(i)(3).

     9. Throughout this period, senior officers at Riggs Bank were informed of Riggs Bank’s
problems in complying with its obligations under the BSA from the OCC, the Federal Reserve and from
internal reviews. Although the regulators never instituted formal corrective action during this
period, the warnings of problems within this area of the Bank should have put Riggs Bank on notice
that this was a significant problem that needed addressing. Moreover, Riggs Bank had an
independent statutory obligation to determine whether its compliance program was effective. 31
U.S.C. § 5318(h)(1)(D).

     As a result of these documented deficiencies, and Riggs Bank’s failure to correct them, on
July 16, 2003, the OCC issued a consent order, setting forth remedial action that the bank must
immediately take in order to correct significant deficiencies with their money laundering
compliance program. This consent order set forth specific and detailed steps that the Bank must
take, to be accomplished within specific time frames.

     In response, Riggs Bank invested more than $50 million to develop and implement a new
bank-wide information system solution, a new compliance staff was hired, and new compliance
procedures and policies were developed. These investments, in several instances, bore a direct
relation to the discovery of the conduct set forth below.

     Notwithstanding these efforts, Riggs Bank proved unable to correct the BSA issues

Page 3 of 9

 

identified by the OCC in the 2003 consent order within the time frames set forth therein. As a result, on May
13, 2004, four additional orders were entered into by Riggs Bank and its regulators, including an
additional OCC consent order and the assessment of concurrent $25 million penalties against Riggs
Bank by FinCEN and the OCC. The government contends that Riggs’ failure to comply with the
requirements of an effective BSA/AML program led to the failure to report numerous suspect
transactions conducted through the bank, particularly those transactions involving specific foreign
political leaders who were engaged in private banking with Riggs.

Pinochet Accounts

     10. Augusto Pinochet was the de facto leader or president of Chile from 1973 to 1990, and the
Commander-in-Chief of its armed forces from 1990 to 1998 and a Chilean Senator from 1998 to 2002.
His rule was marked by allegations of significant human rights abuses as well as other crimes.

     a. In October 1998, a Spanish magistrate issued an arrest warrant for Pinochet for crimes of
genocide, terrorism and torture. At that time, Pinochet, who was in the United Kingdom for medical
treatment, was detained pending extradition hearings. That magistrate also issued an attachment
order purporting to freeze all Pinochet assets worldwide.

     b. By March of 2000, Spain, Switzerland, Belgium and France had issued warrants against
Pinochet for human rights crimes. Ultimately, the United Kingdom dismissed all extradition
warrants against Pinochet, who was then returned to Chile. Nearly 60 human rights cases had been
filed in Chile against Pinochet and were under active investigation. These included inquiries into
Pinochet for his role in the “Caravan of Death,” in which 19 persons disappeared, as well as
“Operation Condor,” which involved allegations that Pinochet ordered the torture and killing of
hundreds of political opponents during his rule.

     c. On August 8, 2000, the Chilean Supreme Court issued a ruling divesting Pinochet of
senatorial immunity, thereby removing a significant hurdle to his prosecution for these crimes. On
January 29, 2001, Pinochet was placed under house arrest in Chile. In May of 2001, Pinochet assets
were reported to have been frozen in Bermuda pursuant to a treaty request made by the Spanish
government.

     11. From in or about 1994 until 2002, Pinochet and his wife, Lucia Hiriart Rodriguez,
maintained multiple bank accounts, investments, and certificates of deposits at Riggs Bank (the
“Pinochet Accounts”). The Pinochet Accounts were located at Riggs Bank in the United States and at
its London branch. Additionally, in 1996 and 1998, Riggs Bank assisted Pinochet in the
establishment of two offshore shell corporations in the Bahamas – Ashburton Company Ltd. and
Althorp Investment Co., Ltd. Both shell corporations were listed as nominal owners of bank
accounts and certificates of deposits maintained by Pinochet. The OCC’s publicly-available Bank
Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Comptroller’s Handbook (September 2000) generally identifies
offshore corporations, as well as financial transactions involving bank secrecy

Page 4 of 9

 

jurisdictions, as being a high risk for money laundering.

     12. During this time period, Pinochet deposited more than $10 million into the Pinochet
Accounts. Riggs Bank failed to conduct sufficient due diligence as to the source of the funds
being deposited into the Pinochet Accounts, and failed to report transactions it knew or had reason
to know were suspicious.

     a. The OCC’s publicly available Bank Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Comptroller’s Handbook
(September 2000) states: “Effective account opening policies and procedures should address who is
accountable and who has the authority for opening and documenting new private banking accounts,
reviewing documentation when accounts are opened, maintaining updated documentation, and reviewing
documentation and transactions on an ongoing basis. In addition, banks should document the
identity and source of wealth of all customers requesting custody or private banking services.”
Contrary to the caution advised by the OCC, little due diligence was conducted on the source of
Pinochet’s wealth, other than obtaining a document suggesting that he earned approximately $12.3
million in “commissions, fees and honoraria” between 1956 and 1997, had acquired approximately
$450,000 in personal savings, and noting that he declared on his Chilean tax returns gross income
between approximately 40 and 58 million Chilean pesos per year for the years 1998, 1999 and 2000.
Know Your Customer standards and practices evolved over the period that the Pinochet Accounts were
maintained at Riggs Bank; however, no attempt was made to reconcile Pinochet’s stated wealth with
the volume of subsequent deposits until 2002.

     b. In approximately April of 1999, the name of Riggs Bank London account 74041013 was changed
to “APU,” removing the name Pinochet from the account. In December of 2000 the name on Riggs Bank
account 76835282 was changed to “L. Hiriart and A. Ugarte,” removing the name Pinochet from the
account. The government contends that all of these actions could have had the effect of preventing
U.S. law enforcement, bank regulators or others with a lawful and legitimate need to examine the
accounts from discovering or tracing Pinochet’s money.

     c. From the early 1980’s and continuing for more than a decade, Riggs International Bank
Corporation (“RIBC”), an Edge Act subsidiary of Riggs Bank, maintained bank accounts, nominally for
various Chilean military attaches, but which appear to have been used by Pinochet himself. An
internal Riggs Bank investigation located documents that described two of these accounts as
“fronts” for Pinochet, and that internal investigation further revealed transfers of funds into and
out of those accounts from accounts belonging to Pinochet and his family, at other banks. Riggs
Bank has since closed RIBC.

     d. Certain Riggs Bank officer(s) and employee(s) avoided using Pinochet’s last name, even in
routine internal communication, referring to him as “our prominent client in Chile,” “the
Washington client,” or other aliases, including his wife’s maiden name or his maternal family name.
Files involving the Pinochet account would not be labeled with his name, but rather with a code,
such as “Red Fox – Chile.” On August 9, 2000, the day after Pinochet

Page 5 of 9

 

was stripped of immunity in Chile, a Riggs Bank employee noted in a memorandum Pinochet’s “change in legal status” and stated
that “overseas legal proceedings also included legal ‘freezing’ of assets in a third country”. It
is possible that Riggs might receive legal and applicable instructions to ‘freeze’ the client’s
assets and to reveal all information “regarding the client.” The memorandum avoided referring to
Pinochet by name.

     13. Over the course of the history of the Pinochet Accounts, a number of suspect transactions
were conducted by or directed by Pinochet. Certain Riggs Bank officer(s) and employee(s)
transferred monies in a manner that appears to have been intended to avoid scrutiny. Among those
transactions were:

     a. March 26, 1999: Pinochet prematurely terminated a certificate of deposit held in a London
account at Riggs Bank and transferred the funds, approximately $1.6 million, to a Certificate of
Deposit at Riggs Bank in the United States;

     b. August 18, 2000: purchase at Riggs Bank of 8 cashier’s checks each in the amount of $50,000
and payable to Augusto Pinochet, and subsequently negotiated at Banco de Chile and other banks;

     c. May 15, 2001: purchase at Riggs Bank of 10 cashier’s checks, each in the amount of $50,000
payable to Maria Hiriart and/or Augusto P. Ugarte, and subsequently negotiated at Banco de Chile
and other banks;

     d. October 10, 2001: purchase at Riggs Bank of 10 cashier’s checks, each in the amount of
$50,000 payable to L. Hiriart and/or A.P. Ugarte, and subsequently negotiated at Banco de Chile;

     e. April 8, 2002: purchase at Riggs Bank of 10 cashier’s checks, each in the amount of $50,000
payable to L. Hiriart and/or A. P. Ugarte, five of which were subsequently negotiated at Banco de
Chile;

     f. January 16, 2003: purchase at Riggs Bank of five cashier’s checks, each in the amount of
$50,000 payable to L. Hiriart and/or A. P. Ugarte. These apparently were reissues of five of the
April 8, 2002 cashier’s checks, which had expired.

     14. The transactions in the preceding paragraph were unusual and suspicious. Certain
Riggs Bank officer(s) and employee(s) knew or had reason to know that these transactions were
suspicious, but failed to file a SAR on any of these transactions until after bank regulators, a
subcommittee of the United States Senate, or law enforcement discovered these transactions.

     a. The Spanish attachment order, which purported to effect the restraint of assets throughout
the world, was reported in the international media by October of 1998. Moreover, the fact of the
Spanish investigation was well known before that, and U.S. and international media had reported
that the United States was cooperating with the Spanish on the Pinochet

Page 6 of 9

 

matter at least as of June 1997. The Spanish judicial attachment order was never domesticated, served on Riggs Bank, or
otherwise made legally operative in the United States or the United Kingdom. When Riggs Bank
became aware of the Spanish judicial attachment order it sought legal counsel and was advised that
the freeze was not legally operative in the United States although, as noted above, certain Riggs
Bank officer(s) and employee(s) were concerned that such a freeze could ultimately be effected in
the United States.

     b. It was highly unusual that such large transactions would be broken up into smaller
cashier’s checks. The normal mode of transferring large sums of money within the international
financial system is a wire transfer, which is the fastest, cheapest and most reliable system for
moving funds. Moreover, as certain Riggs Bank officer(s) and employee(s) knew, these funds were
physically transported to Pinochet in Chile, either by express mail or by certain Riggs Bank
officer(s) and employee(s).

     c. The $1,000,000 in cashier’s checks that constituted the May 15 and October 2001
transactions was not taken directly from Pinochet’s accounts, but rather was first passed through a
Riggs Bank clearing account. This was against bank policy. No legitimate reason existed for first
transferring those funds from the Pinochet Accounts to the Riggs Bank clearing account, except for
attempting to obscure an audit trail, and making it more difficult to trace the transfer of
Pinochet’s funds. Moreover, except for the first two checks issued on August 18, 2000, these
transactions were in Pinochet’s wife’s maiden name or Pinochet’s maternal family name, making any
search for Pinochet’s assets more difficult. Notwithstanding, the bank’s internal investigators
were able to track and report to enforcement authorities all of the above transactions, although
not in a timely manner.

     15. Riggs Bank terminated its relationship with Pinochet in 2002.

Equatorial Guinea

     16. Equatorial Guinea (EG) is a country approximately the size of Maryland on the west
coast of Africa. In 1995, billions of dollars of oil reserves were discovered within EG
territorial waters, resulting in a significant influx of capital from businesses in the United
States and elsewhere. Its President, Teodoro Obiang Nguema, came to power in 1979 in a military
coup, and his re-elections in February 1996 and December 2002 were largely viewed by the United
States government and by international observers as tainted by fraud and intimidation. Public
corruption had long been considered a significant problem. In late 2002 and early 2003, there was
growing media attention that leveled specific and detailed allegations of corruption within the Obiang government.

     17. From in or about 1996 to in or about 2004, Riggs Bank maintained numerous accounts for EG.
Over the course of this period, Riggs Bank opened over 30 accounts for the EG government, numerous
EG senior government officials, and their family members. Riggs Bank opened multiple personal
accounts for the EG president and his relatives and assisted in establishing offshore shell
corporations for the EG president and his sons (collectively, the “EG

Page 7 of 9

 

Accounts”). By 2003, the EG accounts had become Riggs Bank’s largest single relationship with balances and outstanding loans
that totaled nearly $700 million.

     18. Despite numerous large cash deposits, suspect wire transfers connected to oil revenues,
and Riggs Bank’s own KYC policies and procedures, Riggs Bank failed to conduct sufficient due
diligence as to the source of some of the funds being deposited into the EG Accounts.

     19. In September 1999, Riggs Bank assisted the EG President Obiang in the establishment of
Otong S.A., an offshore shell corporation, incorporated in the Bahamas, and held a money market
account for the corporation. Otong was a Private Investment Company (PIC). The OCC, in its Bank
Secrecy Act/Anti-Money Laundering Comptroller’s Handbook, described the special risks involved with
PICs: “PICs are incorporated frequently in countries that impose low or no taxes on company assets
and operations or are bank secrecy havens. Banks should exercise extra care when dealing with
beneficial owners of PICs and associated trusts because they can be misused to camouflage illegal
activities.”

     20. Over the course of the history of the EG Accounts, the following transactions took place
through an account in the name of Otong S.A (the “Otong Account”):

     a. April 20, 2000: $1 million deposit of U.S. currency;

     b. March 8, 2001: $1.5 million deposit of U.S. currency;

     c. April 20, 2001: $1 million deposit of U.S. currency;

     d. September 5, 2001: $2 million deposit of U.S. currency;

     e. September 17, 2001: $3 million deposit of U.S. currency; and

     f. April 12, 2002: $3 million deposit of U.S. currency.

     21. Riggs Bank failed to determine the background and possible purpose of these transactions,
and failed to file a SAR until after the OCC and Congressional investigators brought the
transactions to the bank’s attention. These transactions were suspicious because of the cash
nature of the deposits, because of the lack of understanding as to the source or destination of the
money, and because the transactions were not the sort in which the particular customer would
normally be expected to engage.

     22. Additionally, Riggs Bank filed inaccurate CTRs on these cash deposits. The CTRs
listed the Otong account as an exporter of timber, rather than a PIC controlled by the EG president. Certain Riggs Bank employee(s) knew this representation to be inaccurate.

     23. From June 2000 to December 2003, 16 separate wire transfers, totaling approximately $26.4
million, were sent from an EG oil account at Riggs Bank, which held oil royalty payments to the
government of EG, to an account in the name of Kalunga Company, S.A. at Banco Santander in Madrid,
Spain. Kalunga Company, S.A., is an EG corporation. At the time of the transfers, certain Riggs
Bank employee(s) did not know, but should have known, the circumstances and purpose behind the
transfer and the purpose or function of Kalunga Company,

Page 8 of 9

 

S.A. Riggs Bank failed to conduct adequate due diligence on what it knew or should have known was a high risk account and failed to
file a SAR or declined to conduct the transaction. These transactions were uncovered by a Riggs
Bank internal investigation and reported to the appropriate enforcement authorities, although not
in a timely manner. Riggs Bank voluntarily terminated its entire relationship with EG in 2004.
The same Riggs Bank internal investigation also unearthed that the account officer with
responsibility for the EG accounts had engaged in misconduct for his personal benefit. The
individual in question was terminated and matter referred to the appropriate enforcement
authorities.

* * * *

     Riggs Bank N.A. has reviewed the foregoing Statement of the Offense with its attorneys and
agrees that the foregoing is a true and accurate description of Riggs Bank’s conduct in this
matter.

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	RIGGS BANK N.A.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	DATE:
1/27/05

	 	By: 	 	/s/ Robert L. Klivans
	

	 	 	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	/s/ Mark J. Hulkower
	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	Mark J. Hulkower, Esq.
	

	 	 	 	Attorney for Riggs Bank N.A.

Page 9 of 9

 

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT

FOR THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA

	 	 	 	 	 
	UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

	 	:
	 	               Criminal No.          (RMU)
	

	 	:	 	 
	v.

	 	:	 	 
	

	 	:	 	 
	RIGGS BANK N.A.,

	 	:
	 	                    VIOLATIONS:
	

	 	:	 	 
	

	 	:
	 	31 U.S.C. §§ 5322(b) & 5318(g); 31 C.F.R.
	

	 	:
	 	§ 103.18; 12 C.F.R. § 21.11
	Defendant.

	 	:	 	 
	

	 	:	 	 

INFORMATION

     The United States Attorney informs the Court that:

     1. At all times relevant to this Information, Defendant RIGGS BANK N.A., was a financial
institution as defined in Section 5312, Title 31, United States Code, and Section 103.11(c), Title
31, Code of Federal Regulations, that is an insured bank.

     2. From between on or about March, 1999, and continuing through December, 2003, in the
District of Columbia, Defendant RIGGS BANK N.A., did knowingly and willfully (1) fail to report
suspicious transactions, and (2) fail to report suspicious transactions in a timely manner, and (3)
fail to report suspicious transactions in an accurate manner, relevant to possible violations of
law or regulations, as required by the Secretary of the Treasury, in violation of Title
31, United States Code, Sections 5318(g)(1) and 5322(b) and Title 31, Code of Federal Regulations,
Section 103.18 and 12 Code of Federal Regulations, Section 21.11

KENNETH L. WAINSTEIN

UNITED STATES ATTORNEY

D.C. BAR #

1  

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	BY:
	 	/s/ Steven J. Durham
	

	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	STEVEN J. DURHAM
	

	 	 	 	ROBERT R. CHAPMAN
	

	 	 	 	GERALD BALACEK
	

	 	 	 	ASSISTANT U.S. ATTORNEYS
	

	 	 	 	Fraud & Public Corruption Section
	

	 	 	 	555 Fourth Street, N.W.
	

	 	 	 	Washington, D.C. 20530
	

	 	 	 	(202) 514-8316  
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	CYNTHIA STONE
	

	 	 	 	SENIOR TRIAL ATTORNEY
	

	 	 	 	U.S. Department of Justice
	

	 	 	 	Asset Forfeiture &
	

	 	 	 	  Laundering Section
	

	 	 	 	1400 New York Avenue, N.W.

	

	 	 	 	Bond Building, 10th Floor
	

	 	 	 	Washington, D.C. 20530
	 
	 	 	 	 
	2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00077-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00077-of-00352.parquet"}]]